DEFINITY Communications System Generic 3 Planning and ...

AT&T 555-230-601Issue 2July 1993

DEFINITY® Communications SystemGeneric 3

Planning and Configuration

1992 AT&TAll Rights ReservedPrinted in USA

While reasonable effort was made to ensure that the information in this docu-ment was complete and accurate at the time of printing, AT&T can not assumeresponsibility for any errors. Changes and/or corrections to the informationcontained in this document may be incorporated into future issues.

YOUR RESPONSIBILITY FOR YOUR SYSTEM’S SECURITY

You are responsible for the security of your system. AT&T does not warrantthat this product is immune from or will prevent unauthorized use of common-carrier telecommunication services or facilities accessed through or connectedto it. AT&T will not be responsible for any charges that result from suchunauthorized use. Product administration to prevent unauthorized use is yourresponsibility and your system administrator should read all documents pro-vided with this product to fully understand the features available that mayreduce your risk of incurring charges.

FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION (FCC) STATEMENT

This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio-frequency energy and, ifnot installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual may causeinterference to radio communications. It has been tested and found to complywith the limits for a Class A computing device pursuant to Subpart J of Part15 of FCC Rules, which are designed to provide reasonable protection againstsuch interference when operated in a commercial environment.

Operation of this equipment in residential areas is likely to cause interfer-ence, in which case the user at his/her own expense will be required to takewhatever measures may be required to correct the interference.

TRADEMARK NOTICE

CallMaster, CONVERSANT, DEFINITY, HORIZON, MERLIN, MEGACOM, TELESEER, andQUORUM are registered trademarks of AT&T.AUDIX and CallVisor are trademarks of AT&T.Audichron is a registered trademark of the Audichron Company.VT is a trademark of Digital Equipment Corporation.PagePac is a registered trademark of the Dracon Division of the Harris Cor-poration.HOLADAY ia trademark of Holaday Industries.IBM is a registered trademark of International Business Machines Corporation.PORTA SYSTEMS is a registered trademark of Porta Systems, Inc.

ORDERING INFORMATION

To order copies of this addendum:

Call: AT&T Customer Information Center at 1-800-432-6600In Canada call 1-800-255-1242

Write: AT&T Customer Information Center2855 North Franklin RoadP.O. Box 19901Indianapolis, Indiana 46219-1385

Order: Document No. 555-230-600Issue 1, January 1992

Published byTechnical PublicationsAT&T Bell Laboratories

aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa

Contents

INTRODUCTION ……………………………………………………………………………………… 1

General Information …………………………………………………………………………………… 1

How to Use This Document ………………………………………………………………………… 4

FEATURE DETERMINATION……………………………………………………………………… 7

Features That Require Additional Hardware and/or Software …………………………………… 12

SYSTEM PARAMETERS …………………………………………………………………………… 29

SYSTEM VERSION DETERMINATION ……………………………………………………… 43

HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE DETERMINATION ……………………………………… 45

Voice/Data Terminal Equipment Assignments……………………………………………………… 45

Voice/Data Terminal Totals…………………………………………………………………………… 45

Data Communications Equipment …………………………………………………………………… 52

Display Terminals and Printers ……………………………………………………………………… 61

Distributed Communications System (DCS)………………………………………………………… 65

Traffic Considerations ………………………………………………………………………………… 72

Network Access Facilities …………………………………………………………………………… 73

Circuit Pack Determination …………………………………………………………………………… 75

Software Determination ……………………………………………………………………………… 95

Cabinet Determination (DEFINITY Generic 1 and Generic 3) …………………………………… 96

Ordering Information ………………………………………………………………………………… 100

ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS ………………………………………………………… 103

General ………………………………………………………………………………………………… 103

Floor Plans and Layouts ……………………………………………………………………………… 103

Floor Loading…………………………………………………………………………………………… 103

Earthquake Protection ………………………………………………………………………………… 104

Floor Space …………………………………………………………………………………………… 104

Desktop Space ………………………………………………………………………………………… 110

i


Optional Equipment Floor and Desktop Space …………………………………………………… 110

Wall Space Required ………………………………………………………………………………… 110

Temperature and Humidity …………………………………………………………………………… 111

Air Purity………………………………………………………………………………………………… 112

Lighting ………………………………………………………………………………………………… 112

Noise …………………………………………………………………………………………………… 112

Additional Considerations …………………………………………………………………………… 113

POWER AND GROUNDING ……………………………………………………………………… 115

General ………………………………………………………………………………………………… 115

AC Power Requirements ……………………………………………………………………………… 115

DC Power Requirements……………………………………………………………………………… 122

Grounding ……………………………………………………………………………………………… 128

Lightning Protection …………………………………………………………………………………… 129

Sneak Current Protection …………………………………………………………………………… 129

Standby Power System—Multi-Carrier Cabinet System ………………………………………… 130

Standby Power—Single-Carrier Cabinet System ………………………………………………… 132

House Wiring…………………………………………………………………………………………… 133

UPGRADES AND ADDITIONS …………………………………………………………………… 135

System 75 Upgrade to DEFINITY Generic 1 PPN Without Duplication ………………………… 135

System 75 Upgrade to DEFINITY Generic 1 PPN With Duplication……………………………… 136

System 75 Upgrade to DEFINITY Generic 1 EPN Without Duplication ………………………… 137

System 75 Upgrade to DEFINITY Generic 1 EPN With Duplication……………………………… 137

System 75 XE Upgrade To DEFINITY Generic 1 PPN Without Duplication …………………… 138

System 75 XE Upgrade to DEFINITY Generic 1 PPN With Duplication ………………………… 139

System 75 XE Upgrade to DEFINITY Generic 1 EPN Without Duplication……………………… 140

System 75 XE Upgrade to DEFINITY Generic 1 EPN With Duplication ………………………… 140

Port Circuit Pack Upgrades for DEFINITY Generic 3r …………………………………………… 142

DEFINITY Generic 1 Upgrade to DEFINITY Generic 3r PPN …………………………………… 143

DEFINITY Generic 1 PPN Upgrade to DEFINITY Generic 3r

EPN MCC Without Duplication ……………………………………………………………………… 143

ii


DEFINITY Generic 1 EPN MCC Upgrade to DEFINITY Generic 3r

EPN MCC With Duplication…………………………………………………………………………… 144

DEFINITY Generic 1 EPN SCC Upgrade to DEFINITY Generic 3r

EPN SCC Without Duplication ……………………………………………………………………… 145

DEFINITY Generic 1 PPN SCC Upgrade to DEFINITY Generic 3r

EPN SCC Without Duplication ……………………………………………………………………… 145

DEFINITY Generic 1 EPN SCC Upgrade to DEFINITY Generic 3r

EPN SCC With Duplication …………………………………………………………………………… 146

DEFINITY Generic 1 PPN SCC Upgrade to DEFINITY Generic 3r

EPN SCC With Duplication …………………………………………………………………………… 147

Additions to the System ……………………………………………………………………………… 149

REFERENCES ………………………………………………………………………………………… 151

ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS ………………………………………………………… 155

GLOSSARY ……………………………………………………………………………………………… 160

INDEX ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 177

iii


Figures

Figure 1. CDR Output Devices and Connections ……………………………………………… 54

Figure 2. Data Endpoint (Terminal, Personal Computer, Host, and Customer-ProvidedEquipment) Connections ……………………………………………………………… 59

Figure 3. Data Endpoint (EIA-232C) Connections ……………………………………………… 60

Figure 4. G1 and G3i DCS Used in a Long Haul and Short Haul Connection ……………… 66

Figure 5. G3r to G3r DCS Used in a Long Haul and Short Haul Connection ………………… 67

Figure 6. G3r to G1 DCS Used in a Short Haul Connection …………………………………… 68

Figure 7. G3r to G2 Traditonal Module DCS Used in a Short Haul and Long HaulConnection ……………………………………………………………………………… 69

Figure 8. G3r to G2 Universal Module DCS Used in a Short Haul and Long HaulConnection ……………………………………………………………………………… 70

Figure 9. G3r to G3i and G3r to G3r DCS Plus Used in a Long Haul Connection…………… 71

Figure 10. Typical Single-Carrier Cabinet Floor Plan With Processor Port Network Only …… 105

Figure 11. Typical Multi-Carrier Cabinet Floor Plan With Processor Port Network andAuxiliary Cabinet ………………………………………………………………………… 106

Figure 12. Typical Floor Plan With Processor and Expansion Port Networks ………………… 107

Figure 13. Typical Floor Plan With Processor and Expansion Port Networks (G3r Only) …… 108

Figure 14. Earthquake Environment (North American Continent) ……………………………… 109

Figure 15. Typical Multi-Carrier System AC Power and Grounding (EPN Colocated) ……… 116

Figure 16. Typical Multi-Carrier AC Power and Grounding (Remote EPN) …………………… 117

Figure 17. AC Power Requirements for a Single-Carrier Cabinet System …………………… 118

Figure 18. AC Power Requirements for a Single-Carrier System (Remotely Located EPN) … 119

Figure 19. Typical Single-Carrier Power and Grounding Layout (EPN Colocated) …………… 120

Figure 20. Typical Single-Carrier AC Power and Grounding Layout (Remotely Located EPN) 121

Figure 21. Typical Multi-Carrier Cabinet System DC Power and Grounding Layout(EPN Colocated) ………………………………………………………………………… 122

Figure 22. Typical Multi-Carrier Mixed AC/DC Power and Grounding Layout(EPN Colocated) ………………………………………………………………………… 125

Figure 23. Typical Multi-Carrier Mixed AC/DC Power and Grounding Layout(Remotely Located EPN) ……………………………………………………………… 126

Figure 24. Typical Single-Carrier DC Power and Grounding Layout (EPN Colocated) ……… 127

iv


Tables

Table A. Feature Determination ………………………………………………………………… 7

Table B. Features Requiring Additional Hardware and/or Software ………………………… 12

Table C. System Parameters …………………………………………………………………… 29

Table D. Station Allocation Characteristics ……………………………………………………… 46

Table E. Users and Required Equipment ……………………………………………………… 46

Table F. Voice/Data Terminal Quantities………………………………………………………… 47

Table G. Adjunct Quantities and Voice Terminal Compatibility ……………………………… 49

Table H. Terminal Equipment Limits …………………………………………………………… 50

Table I. Data Communications Equipment …………………………………………………… 52

Table J. System Data Terminals ………………………………………………………………… 62

Table K. System Printers ………………………………………………………………………… 63

Table L. Network Access Facilities ……………………………………………………………… 73

Table M. Summation of Interface Circuit Packs ………………………………………………… 94

Table N. System Software PEC Codes ………………………………………………………… 95

Table O. Allowable Relative Humidity …………………………………………………………… 111

Table P. System Power Consumption and Heat Disspation ………………………………… 114

Table Q. -48 Volt DC Input Power Requirements ……………………………………………… 123

Table R. AC Power Requirements ……………………………………………………………… 130

Table S. DC Power Requirements ……………………………………………………………… 131

Table T. UPS Power Requirements ……………………………………………………………… 132

Table U. Port Circuit Pack Upgrades …………………………………………………………… 142

v

aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa INTRODUCTION

INTRODUCTION

General Information

This document, DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1 and Generic 3—Planning andConfiguration, 555-230-600, is used by the AT&T Account Team to determine a customer’srequirements and to collect the information needed to estimate hardware quantities for DEFIN-ITY Communications System Generic 1 or Generic 3. Throughout the rest of this document,this system is referred to as either DEFINITY Generic 1, Generic 3, G1, G3i, or G3r. Softwarereleases G1 (a Generic 1 release), G3i (a Generic 3 release), and G3r (a Generic 3 release) arecovered. The term G3 applies to both G3i and G3r. Where there is a difference between the G3iand G3r releases, the text specifies the release.

The hardware quantities estimate can be recorded on the tables provided in this document. Theinformation obtained during the planning and configuration process is used for negotiations andfor initially pricing a system. This information serves as the foundation for the proposal and forthe post-sale communications survey. The information gathered here can then be input to theDelivery Operation and Support System (DOSS) Configurator.

This document assumes that AT&T Account Team members are familiar with DEFINITY Generic1 and Generic 3 and its associated Price Element Codes (PECs).

The Business Communications Systems (BCS) Design Center (BDC) should always beconsulted to provide engineering support for Automatic Alternate Routing (AAR), Distri-buted Communications System (DCS), Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN), UniformDial Plan (UDP) and DS1 feature configurations, and any time processor occupancy is inquestion.

If a configuration has a Processor Port Network (PPN) and an off-premises (out of buildingor in a different room) Expansion Port Network (EPN), the Premises Services Consultant(PSC) must be consulted for design of the fiber link.

Any statement appearing in the following material is limited by, and subject to, all terms and pro-visions of the Purchase or Master Agreement for DEFINITY Generic 1 or DEFINITY Generic 3,including those limiting warranties and liabilities of AT&T.

1

INTRODUCTION aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa

For a complete listing of the system’s technical specifications including cabling distances, callprogress and signaling tones, signaling protocols, trunk specifications, etc., refer to the DEFINITYCommunications System Generic 1 and Generic 3—System Description, 555-230-200.

This issue replaces all previous issues of this document. Reasons for reissue are as follows:

d To add the following new features:

— Alternate Facility Restriction Levels

— Administration Without Hardware

— CallVisor Adjunct Switch Application Interface (ASAI)

— Administered Connection/Access Endpoint

— Alphanumeric Dialing

— Automatic Available Split

— Automatic Trunk Measurement System

— Basic Rate Interface (BRI) Multipoint

— Bulk Station Administration

— Call Detail Recording (CDR) Variable Format Records

— Call Prompting

— Call Vectoring

— Calling Party Number/Billing Number (was SID/ANI)

— Call Work Codes

— D-Channel Backup

— DCS Over Primary Rate Interface (PRI)

— Dialed Number Identification Service

— Enhanced Trunk Signaling and Error Recovery

— Enhanced Terminal Administration

— Extension Number Portability

— Facility/Non-Facility Associated Signaling

— Functional Scheduling Enhancement

— Inbound Call Management (ICM)

— Lookahead Interflow

— Main/Satellite Extended Trunk Access

— Malicious Call Trace

— Multi-User System Management Access

— Outgoing Trunk-to-Outgoing Trunk Transfer

— Restricted/Unrestricted Call Lists

2


— Restriction—Toll

— Security Violations Notification

— Software Defined Data Network (SDDN)

— Stroke Counts

— System Reload Indication

— Terminal Translation Initialization

— Unrestricted 5-Digit Uniform Dial Plan (UDP)

— Vector Directory Number (VDN) Reports

d To add the following new universal circuit packs (older circuit packs are included to facili-tate upgrades to DEFINITY Communications Systems Generic 1 from older systems):

— TN464 32-Channel E1 Trunk

— TN553 Packet Data

— TN556 ISDN-BRI Line

— TN570 Expansion Interface

— TN572 Switch Node Clock

— TN573 Switch Node Interface

— TN574 DS1 Converter

— TN577 Packet Gateway

— TN744 Call Classifier

— TN771 Maintenance/Test

d To add the following hardware:

— 715 Business Communications System (BCS) G3r-Management Terminal(G3r-MT)

— Enhanced Attendant Console (302A)

— Enhanced Selector Console (26A)

— G3r Center Stage Switch (CSS)

3

INTRODUCTION aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa

How to Use This Document

This document is written to lead you, step by step, through the planning and configuration pro-cess. Detailed instructions are given throughout the document. The following list is a brief sum-mary of the steps to be followed when planning and configuring your system.

1. Use Table A to identify all desired features.

2. Use Table B to determine any additional hardware and/or software that may be requiredfor specific features.

3. Review Tables C and D. These tables, in conjunction with information derived fromTables A and B, should be helpful in determining which version of the system is needed.

4. Use Table E to list the system users and their individual equipment needs.

5. Use Table F to determine the total number of each type of voice and data terminals.Information for this table is obtained from Table E.

6. Use Table G to determine the total number of each type of voice and data terminaladjunct. Information for this table is obtained from Table E.

7. Use Table H to determine if any of the terminal equipment limits have been exceeded.

8. Review the data communications equipment information that is provided.

9. Use Table I to list the quantities of data communications equipment.

10. Determine if traffic engineering calculations should be made.

11. Use Table J to determine which data terminals are needed, and in particular the ManagerI or G3r-Management Terminal (G3r-MT).

12. Use Table K to determine which system printer is needed.

13. Determine the number of each type of network access facility to be used per Table L.

14. Determine the number of each type of circuit pack to be used and list the totals inTable M.

15. Determine the combination of cabinets for DEFINITY Generic 1 using the tables in‘‘Multi-Carrier Cabinet Configuration’’ and ‘‘Single-Carrier Cabinet Configuration.’’

16. Complete the ordering information using the information listed in the tables that havealready been filled out.

17. Review the following sections so that any necessary equipment room preparations andadvance planning considerations can be made for the new system.

d ‘‘Environmental Requirements’’

d ‘‘Power and Grounding’’

d ‘‘Upgrades and Additions’’

4


The system supports the use of many other AT&T products. Refer to each product’s respectivedocumentation for planning and configuration information.

The rest of this document is divided into the following sections:

d Feature Description

d System Parameters

d System Version Determination

d Hardware and Software Determination

d Environmental Requirements

d Power and Grounding

d Upgrades and Additions

d References

d Abbreviations and Acronyms

d Glossary

d Index

5

aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa FEATURE DETERMINATION

FEATURE DETERMINATION

Table A provides an alphabetical list of all DEFINITY Generic 1 and Generic 3 features. Thetable identifies the system version that supports each feature and whether additional hardwareand/or software are required. If additional software is required, it must either be loaded in thesystem and/or the associated feature option must be enabled on the System Parameters Custo-mer Options form. Features and hardware must be identified to determine which version of thesystem to order. For example, if Integrated Digital Services Network-Basic Rate Interface(ISDN-BRI) is required, a G3 system must be ordered because ISDN-BRI is not supportedby G1.

On Table A, place a check mark (√) in the Desired column beside each required feature.

Note: Additional information on features can be found in the DEFINITY CommunicationsSystem Generic 1 and Generic 3—Feature Description, 555-230-201.

After the features have been identified, use Table B (Features Requiring Additional Hardwareand/or Software) to identify the specific hardware and/or software required for each feature.

Use Table C (System Parameters) to determine which version of the system is required, basedon the configuration of features and hardware selected.

TABLE A. Feature Determinationbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Additional AdditionalFeature G1 G3i G3r Hardware Software Desired

Required RequiredbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbAbandoned Call Search √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbAbbreviated Dialing √ √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbCallVisor Adjunct Switch Application Interface √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbAdministered Connection/Access Endpoint √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbAdministration Without Hardware √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbAgent Call Handling √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbAlphanumeric Dialing √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbAlternate Facility Restriction Levels √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbAttendant Auto-Manual Splitting √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbAttendant Call Waiting √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbAttendant Control of Trunk Group Access √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbAttendant Direct Extension Selection With Busy Lamp Field √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbAttendant Direct Trunk Group Selection √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbAttendant Display √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbAttendant Recall √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbAttendant Release Loop Operation √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbAudio Information Exchange (AUDIXTM) Interface √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbAuthorization Codes √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbcccccccccccccccccccccccccc

cccccccccccccccccccccccccc







7

FEATURE DETERMINATION aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa

TABLE A (continued).Feature Determination

bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbAdditional Additional

Feature G1 G3i G3r Hardware Software DesiredRequired Requiredbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Automatic Alternate Routing (AAR) and √ √ √ √Automatic Route Selection (ARS)bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbAutomatic Available Split √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbAutomatic Callback √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbAutomatic Call Distribution √ √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbAutomatic Circuit Assurance √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbAutomatic Incoming Call Display √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbARS Partitioning √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbAutomatic Trunk Measurement System √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbAutomatic Wakeup √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbBasic Call Management System (BCMS) √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbBridged Call Appearance Multi-Appearance Voice Terminal √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbBridged Call Appearance Single-Line Voice Terminal √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbBusy Verification of Terminals and Trunks √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbBulk Station Administration √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbCall-By-Call Service Selection √ √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbCall Coverage √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbCall Detail Recording (CDR) √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbCDR Account Code Dialing √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbCDR Variable Format Reports √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbCall Forwarding All Calls √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbCall Park √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbCall Party Number/Billing Number √ √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbCall Pickup √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbCall Prompting √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbCall Vectoring √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbCall Waiting Termination √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbCentralized Attendant Service (CAS) Branch √ √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbCAS Main (Enhanced Systems Only) √ √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbClass of Restriction √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbClass of Service √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbCode Calling Access √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbConference—Attendant √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbConference—Terminal √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbConsult √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbCoverage Callback √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbCoverage Incoming Call Identification √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbCustomer-Provided Equipment (CPE) Alarm* √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbD-Channel Backup √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbData Call Setup √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbData Hot Line √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbData-Only Off-Premises Extensions √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbData Privacy √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbData Restriction √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccc

ccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccc







8



bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbAdditional Additional

Feature G1 G3i G3r Hardware Software DesiredRequired Requiredbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

DCS Alphanumeric Display for Terminals √ √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbDCS Attendant Control of Trunk Group Access √ √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbDCS Attendant Direct Trunk Group Selection √ √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbDCS Attendant Display √ √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbDCS Automatic Callback √ √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbDCS Automatic Circuit Assurance √ √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbDCS Busy Verification of Terminals and Trunks √ √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbDCS Call Forwarding All Calls √ √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbDCS Call Waiting √ √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbDCS Distinctive Ringing √ √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbDCS Leave Word Calling √ √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbDCS Multi-Appearance Conference/Transfer √ √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbDCS Trunk Group Busy/Warning Indication √ √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbDefault Dialing √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbDial Access to Attendant √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbDial Plan √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbDialed Number Identification Service (DNIS) √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbDigital Multiplexed Interface (DMI) √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbDirect Department Calling (DDC) and

Uniform Call Distribution (UCD) √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbDirect Inward Dialing (DID) √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbDirect Outward Dialing (DOD) √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbDistinctive Ringing √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbDo Not Disturb √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbDS1 Tie Trunk Service √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbEIA Interface √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbEmergency Access to the Attendant √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbEnhanced Trunk Signaling and Error Recovery √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbFacility Busy Indication √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbFacility Restriction Levels and Traveling Class Marks √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbFacility Test Calls √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbForced Entry of Account Codes √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbFunctional Scheduling Enhancements √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbGeneralized Route Selection √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbGo To Cover √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbHold √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbHot Line Service √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbHunting √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbIndividual Attendant Access √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbInformation System Network (ISN) Interface √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbIntegrated Directory √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbIntegrated Services Digital Network

-Basic Rate Interface (ISDN-BRI) √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbIntegrated Services Digital Network

-Primary Rate Interface (ISDN-PRI) √ √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbcccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccc

cccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccc







9





Intercept Treatment √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbIntercom—Automatic √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbIntercom—Dial √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbInter-PBX Attendant Calls √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbIntraflow and Interflow √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbLast Number Dialed √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbLeave Word Calling √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbLine Lockout √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbLoudspeaker Paging Access √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbLoudspeaker Paging Access—Deluxe √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbM-to-N Digit Conversion √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbMain/Satellite Extended Trunk Access √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbMalicious Call Trace √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbManual Message Waiting √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbManual Originating Line Service √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbManual Signaling √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbModem Pooling √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbMove Agent From Call Management System (CMS) √ √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbMulti-Appearance Preselection and Preference √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbMultiple Listed Directory Numbers √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbMulti-User System Management Access √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbMusic-on-Hold Access √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbNames Registration √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbNetwork Access—Private √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbNetwork Access—Public √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbNight Service—Hunt Group √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbNight Service—Night Console Service √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbNight Service—Night Station Service √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbNight Service—Trunk Answer from Any Station √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbNight Service—Trunk Group √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbOff-Premises Station √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbOutgoing Trunk-to-Outgoing Trunk Transfer √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbPC/PBX Connection √ √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbPermanent Switched Calls √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbPersonal Central Office Line (PCOL) √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbPersonalized Ringing √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbPower Failure Transfer √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbPriority Calling √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbPrivacy—Attendant Lockout √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbPrivacy—Manual Exclusion √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbProperty Management System (PMS) √ √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbQueue Status Indications √ √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbRecall Signaling √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbRecent Change History √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbcc

ccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccc








10





Recorded Announcement √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbRecorded Telephone Dictation Access √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbRemote Access √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbRemote Administration √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbReport Scheduler and System Printer √ √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbRestriction—Controlled √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbRestriction—Miscellaneous Terminal √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbRestriction—Miscellaneous Trunk √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbRestriction—Toll/Code √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbRestriction—Voice Terminal √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbRingback Queuing √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbRinger Cutoff √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbRotary Dialing √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbSend All Calls √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbSenderized Operation √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbService Observing √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbSingle-Digit Dialing and Mixed Station Numbering √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbStation Identification/Automatic Number Identification √ √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbStraightforward Outward Completion √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbSubnet Trunking √ √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbSystem Measurements √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbSystem Reload Indication √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbSystem Status Report √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbTemporary Bridged Appearance √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbTen-Digit to Seven-Digit Conversion √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbTerminal Translation Initialization √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbTerminating Extension Group √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbThrough Dialing √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbTime of Day Routing √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbTimed Reminder √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbTouch-Tone Dialing √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbTransfer √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbTrunk Group Busy/Warning √ √ √

Indicators to AttendantbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbTrunk Identification By Attendant √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbTrunk-to-Trunk Transfer √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbUnrestricted 5-Digit Uniform Dial Plan √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbUniform Call Distribution (UCD) √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbUniform Dial Plan (UDP) √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbVector Directory Number (VDN) Reports √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbVoice Message Retrieval √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbVoice Terminal Display √ √ √ √bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbcc

cccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccc

cccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccc







11


Features That Require Additional Hardware and/or Software

Table B lists the features that require additional hardware and/or software. Please note that addi-tional hardware and/or software is not required in all cases. For example, if the special ‘‘wait’’character is used extensively with the Abbreviated Dialing feature, additional tone detectors maybe needed, but if the ‘‘wait’’ character is not used, additional detectors may not be required. (The‘‘wait’’ character ties up the detector through the ‘‘wait’’ period.)

If you are planning to use a feature that requires additional hardware or software, list thehardware and/or software in Table B.

Unless otherwise noted, the features listed in Table B are available in all versions of the system.

TABLE B. Features Requiring Additional Hardware and/or Softwarebbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Hardware and/or ActualFeature Software Hardware and/or

Required Software NeededbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbAbandoned Call Search TN747 CO Trunk circuit pack.bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Additional TN748 tone detectors arerequired if the special ‘‘wait’’ character isused frequently. Systems can have optionalsoftware to provide an enhanced Abbrevi -ated Dialing list with an additional 1000entries.

Abbreviated Dialing

bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbCallVisor Adjunct SwitchApplication Interface(ASAI)

Requires a port on a TN556 ISDN-BRI cir -cuit pack (12 ports) and a terminating resis -tor for each interface to be provided. Up toeight interfaces are supported. A TN778Packet Control circuit pack is required forCallVisor ASAI applications. A TN771Maintenance circuit pack is required in eachport network of a duplicated CallVisor ASAIconfiguration.

Requires CallVisor ASAI software.*bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbccccccccccccccccccccccc

ccccccccccccccccccccccc



* Software is activated by enabling this feature on the System Parameters Customer Options form.

12


TABLE B (continued).Features Requiring Additional Hardware and/or Software

bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbHardware and/or Actual

Feature Software Hardware and/orRequired Software Neededbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

AdministeredConnection/AccessEndpoint

Trunk Circuits: For G1 or G3i, TN767 DS1Interface, TN760 Tie Trunk, or, for G3r andG1.2SE, TN464 Universal DS1 circuit pack.

Other circuit packs: TN726 Data Line, orTN754 Digital Line, TN556 ISDN-BRI Line,TN758 Pooled Modem.

Data Modules: MPDM, MTDM, 7400Dseries voice terminal with DTDM, 7400B,7500B.bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Agent Call Handling ACD software.bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbAttendant Direct ExtensionSelection With Busy LampField

A selector console.

bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbAudio InformationExchange (AUDIX)Interface

Distributed Communications System (DCS)software if AUDIX is desired in a DCSarrangement.* An AUDIX machine and anappropriate number of ports on a TN746Analog circuit pack. AUDIX data linkhardware is required as follows:

Systems connected to AUDIX-L PI jack onthe TN765 Processor Interface circuit packand an MPDM. If the PI jack is in use foranother adjunct, one port on a TN754 DigitalLine, an MTDM, and an MPDM are requiredfor G1 or G3i. G3r requires the TN577Packet Gateway and an isolating datainterface (IDI).

System connected to AUDIX-S or AUDIX-M PI jack on the TN765 Processor Interfacecircuit pack. If the PI jack is in use foranother adjunct, one port on a TN754 DigitalLine circuit pack and an MPDM are requiredfor G1 and G3i. G3r requires the TN577Packet Gateway and an isolating datainterface (IDI).bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbcc

ccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccc

ccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccc




13





Authorization Codes Authorization Codes software. For outgoingcalls, ARS or AAR software.bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Automatic AlternateRouting (AAR)

Private Networking software.

bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbAutomatic CallDistribution (ACD)

One port on a TN746 Analog Line circuitpack per auxiliary queue warning level lamp.

Each analog announcement requiresannouncement equipment and one port on aTN746 Analog Line circuit pack. Eachannouncement, accessed by a call, requiresone port on a TN750 Announcement circuitpack.

If music is to be heard after the delayannouncement, a music source and a porton a TN763 Auxiliary Trunk circuit pack isrequired.

Appropriate voice terminals are required foragents. 2500-type sets are not recom -mended.

ACD software is required.*bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbAutomatic IncomingCall Display

A display-equipped voice terminal, or avoice terminal capable of displaying informa -tion through an attached data terminal. Theterminals require a PRI or DCS link; other -wise they are station to station only.bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Automatic RouteSelection (ARS)

ARS software and ARS Digit Conversion.*

bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbAutomatic RouteSelection (ARS)Partitioning

Additional TN748 tone detectors.

bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbcccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccc

cccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccc




14





Automatic Wakeup If voice prompting is used, a TN725 VoiceSynthesizer circuit pack is required. Eachcircuit pack has four ports to provide voiceprompting. If voice synthesis announce -ments are used, two ports must be reservedfor announcements.

For customized recorded announcements, amodel HQD614B Recorder/ Announcermanufactured by the Audichron Companyis required. This equipment requires a48-volt power supply. Each Recorder/Announcer requires four auxiliary trunk portson the TN763 Auxiliary Trunk circuit pack.bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Basic Call ManagementSystem (BCMS)

BCMS Measurements software.*

bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbCall-By-Call ServiceSelection

For G1 or G3i, a TN767 DS1 circuit pack,TN768 Tone Clock circuit pack, and aTN765 Processor Interface circuit pack.For G3r, a TN464 Universal DS1 circuitpack, TN768 Tone Clock, and a TN553Packet Data circuit pack.

Requires ARS software and ISDN-PRIsoftware.*bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Call Detail Recording(CDR)

Hardware requirements depend on the typeof output device used for CDR. For G3i, theCDR output device can be connecteddirectly to the Processor circuit pack(TN759 or TN773) which provides a stan -dard EIA-232C interface. This eliminates theneed for a data module as described for theoutput devices given below. For G3r, theCDR output device is connected to a TN553Packet Data circuit pack, which is connectedto a TN726 Data Line circuit pack.bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbc

ccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccc

cccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccc




15





Call Detail Recording(CDR) (continued)

A printer, personal computer, tape unit, orthe TELESEER CDR unit (Data TerminalEquipment)—a Modular Processor DataModule (MPDM) to a port on a TN754Digital Line circuit pack or a 212A-typemodem to a port on a TN746 Analog Linecircuit pack. In the latter case, a standardpooled modem is required for the data path.

94A Local Storage Unit (LSU) (DigitalCommunications Equipment) (G1 Only) —aMTDM to a port on a TN754 Digital Linecircuit pack or a 212A-type modem to a porton a TN746 Analog Line circuit pack. In thelatter case, a pooled modem is alsorequired.

Host computer—A private line terminated atthe DEFINITY Generic 1 with a Trunk DataModule. Also, a private line modem if off-premises (out-of-building).

A TN726 Data Line circuit pack can be usedin conjunction with an Asynchronous DataUnit (ADU) to connect a 94A LSU,TELESEER CDR unit, or printer.

Older equipment may not support enhance -ments to World Class Routing (InternationalDEFINITY). Use Call Accounting SystemPlus for full functionality in such cases.bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbcc

ccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccc

ccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccc




16





Each Call Prompting announcementrequires a port on a TN750 Announcementcircuit pack or an external announcementfacility (analog announcements). Note thateach announcement requires a port on aTN746 Analog Line circuit pack. The TN744Call Classifier circuit pack is required toprovide touch-tone receivers for use by thefeature. Up to ten TN744s may beassigned. Each TN744 provides eighttouch-tone receivers and requires CallVectoring Basic and Call Promptingsoftware.

Call Prompting

bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbCall Vectoring If music source is required (recommended),

refer to the Music-On-Hold feature forhardware requirements.

Requires Vectoring—Basic. Vectoring—Prompting software is optional.*bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Call Party Number/BillingNumber

Interface via the CallVisor ISDN GatewayAdjunct—refer to the StationIdentification/Automatic Number Identifica -tion requirement for hardware requirements.

Requires ISDN-PRI software and CallVisorISDN Gateway software.*bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Centralized AttendantService (CAS)(Branch or Main)

For G1 or G3i, TN760 Tie Trunk or TN767DS1 Interface circuit pack. For G3r or Inter -national DEFINITY, use TN464 UniversalDS1 circuit pack instead of TN760 orTN767. The TN760 will also serve all othertie trunk applications. As an alternative, theTN722 DS1 Tie Trunk circuit pack can beused for the release link trunks of the CASnetwork. CAS Main or Branch software isrequired.bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbcc






17





Code Calling Access Loudspeaker paging equipment and oneport on a TN763 Auxiliary Trunk circuit packper zone. (These hardware requirementscan be shared with the Loudspeaker PagingAccess feature.)bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

D-Channel Backup Requires DS1 and ISDN-PRI facilities.Refer to ISDN-PRI for associated hardwareand software requirements. Note thatTN767 DS1 circuit pack does not provideDS0. TN464 Universal DS1 circuit packdoes provide DS0.bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Data Call Setup Each data module requires one port on aTN754 Digital Line circuit pack. [A DigitalTerminal Data Module (DTDM) shares theport with the associated voice terminal.]

Each AT&T 510D or 515 BCT requires oneport on a TN754 Digital Line circuit pack forshared use of voice and data.

Each digital voice terminal requires one porton a TN754 Digital Line circuit pack forshared use of voice and data.

Each modem requires one port on a TN746Analog Line circuit pack.

For modem pooling, requires either a TN758Modem Pool circuit pack (two conversionresources per board) or one digital port witha Trunk Data Module or Modular Trunk DataModule (MTDM), and one analog port withan analog modem for each conversionresource.bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbcc

ccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccc

ccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccc



18





Data Call Setupcontinued

Keyboard Dialing to off-premises (out ofbuilding) data endpoints requires the use ofa TN748 Tone Detector circuit pack.

Extensive use of features and servicesusing tone detection may require additionalTN748 circuit packs (several other featuresalso use a TN748).bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Data-Only Off-PremisesExtensions

A Trunk Data Module and one port on aTN754 Digital Line circuit pack.bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Distributed Communica-tions System (DCS)Features

For G1 or G3i, the TN765 Processor Inter -face circuit pack is required. For G3r, theTN553 Packet Data circuit pack is required.DCS software and ISDN-BRI or ISDN-PRIsoftware are required for DCS features.*bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Dialed Number Identifica-tion Service (DNIS)

For non ISDN-PRI type calls, requires a porton a TN722/ TN760/TN767/TN464 DS1group to support MEGACOM 800 DNIS ora port on a TN753 DID Trunk Group. Alsorequires display-equipped answering voiceterminals.bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Digital Multiplexed Inter -face (DMI)

For G1 or G3i, one TN722 or TN767 DS1circuit pack per 24 DMI trunks. For G3r,one TN464 per 24 DMI trunks.bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Direct Department Calling(DDC) and Uniform CallDistribution (UCD)

One port on a TN746 Analog Line circuitpack per queue warning level lamp, ifneeded.

Announcement equipment and one port ona TN746 Analog Line circuit pack per analogdelay announcement. If music is to beheard after the delay announcement, amusic source and a port on a TN763 Auxili -ary Trunk circuit pack is required. A TN750Announcement circuit pack can be used toprovide up to 64 different announcements.bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbcc






19





Direct Inward Dialing(DID)

One port on a TN753 DID Trunk circuit packor TN722/TN767/ TN464 DS1 circuit packfor each DID trunk.bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Direct Outward Dialing(DOD)

One port on a TN747 Central Office (CO)Trunk circuit pack or TN722/TN767/TN464DS1 circuit pack for each assigned trunk.bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Do Not Disturb If voice prompting is used, a TN725 VoiceSynthesizer circuit pack. Each circuit packhas four ports.bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

DS1 Tie Trunk Service For G1 or G3i, one TN722 or TN767 DS1circuit pack per 24 Voice-Grade DS1 tietrunks required or per 23 Alternate VoiceData (AVD) DS1 tie trunks. For G3r orInternational DEFINITY, one TN464 Univer -sal DS1 circuit pack required per 24 Voice-Grade DS1 tie trunks or per 23 AVD DS1 tietrunks. A TN768 Tone Clock must also beused.bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

EIA Interface One TN726 Data Line circuit pack per eightEIA interfaces. One Asynchronous DataUnit (ADU) per port on the circuit pack.bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Emergency Access toAttendant

Emergency Access to Attendant software.*

bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbFacility Restriction Levels(FRLs) and TravelingClass Marks (TCMs)

FRLs—ARS and/or Private Networkingsoftware*

TCMs—Private Networking software andintertandem tie trunks.*bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Forced Entry of AccountCodes

Forced Entry of Account Codes software.*

bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbGeneralized RouteSelection

AAR, ARS, and ISDN-PRI servicessoftware.*bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbcc

cccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccc





20





Inbound Call Management(ICM)

Requires CallVisor ASAI hardware (refer tothe CallVisor ASAI feature for hardwarerequirements).

Requires use of the ACD feature (refer tothe ACD feature for hardware require -ments).

May use Call Prompting. Refer to the CallPrompting feature for hardware require -ments.

Requires CallVisor ASAI software.*bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbInformation System Net -work (ISN) Interface

One TN726 Data Line circuit pack per eightISN interfaces.bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Integrated Services DigitalNetwork-Basic RateInterface (ISDN-BRI)

One TN556 ISDN-BRI circuit pack for up to12 BRI (2B+D) endpoints using the 4-wire Tinterface. It also supports up to 24 end -points in a passive bus arrangement. Thecircuit pack supports the frame relaying ofISDN Packet Mode data in either the D-channel or one of the B-channels, but G3isoftware will support only circuit switching ofMode 3 in the B-channel.

For G3i, the system must be equipped witha Packet Control (TN778) circuit in order tosupport this circuit pack. For G3r, all TN776Expansion Interface circuit packs must bereplaced by TN570 Expansion Interface cir -cuit packs.bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Integrated Services DigitalNetwork-Primary RateInterface (ISDN-PRI)

For G1 or G3i, one TN767 DS1 Interfacecircuit pack for a signaling link and up to 23ISDN-PRI trunk group members, and aTN765 Processor Interface circuit pack. ForG3r, one TN464 Universal DS1 circuit packfor a signaling link and up to 23 ISDN-PRItrunk group members, and a TN765 Proces -sor Interface circuit pack. ISDN-PRIsoftware and ARS software are required.bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbcc

cccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccc

cccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccc




21





Intercept Treatment Announcement equipment and one port ona TN746 Analog Line circuit pack per analogannouncement. A TN750 Announcementcircuit pack can provide up to 64 differentannouncements, which can be recordeddirectly onto the TN750 circuit pack.bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Inter-PBX Attendant Calls A tie trunk group between the branch andmain locations. CAS software (Main orBranch) is required.bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Intraflow and Interflow ACD software.bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbLookahead Interflow Requires an ISDN-PRI interface (see ISDN-

PRI feature for hardware requirements).Requires Lookahead Interflow software,Private Networking Automatic AlternateRouting (PNA) software, and Call Vectoringsoftware.*bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Loudspeaker PagingAccess

Loudspeaker paging equipment and oneport on a TN763 Auxiliary Trunk circuit packper zone. Paging interface equipment, con -sisting of a 278A Adapter (only if equipmentis not FCC-registered) and a 24-volt powersupply, per zone. (This hardware can beshared with the Code Calling Accessfeature.)

If PagePac paging system equipment isused, one port on a TN747 CO Trunk circuitpack, TN746 Analog Line circuit pack,TN763 Auxiliary Trunk circuit pack (depend -ing on the PagePac arrangement used).bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Loudspeaker PagingAccess-Deluxe

See Loudspeaker Paging Access.

bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbM-to-N Digit Conversion(G3)

Either ARS and Private Networking softwareor ARS and UDP software.bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbcc






22





Modem Pooling One TN758 Pooled Modem circuit pack pertwo integrated conversion resources pro -vided. Each combined conversion resourcerequires one port on the Digital Line circuitpack and one port on an Analog Line circuitpack, along with an analog modem andMTDM or 7400A Data Module.bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Move Agents From CallManagement System(CMS)

ACD software and a CMS.

bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbMusic-on-Hold Access A music source and one port on a TN763

Auxiliary Trunk circuit pack. Also, a 36AVoice Coupler if the system is not FCC-registered.bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Names Registration See Property Management System (PMS)feature for hardware requirements.bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Network Access—Private One port on a TN760, TN722 DS1, TN767,or TN464 DS1 circuit pack for each trunkassigned.bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Network Access—Public One port on a TN760, TN722 DS1, TN767,or TN464 DS1 Tie Trunk circuit pack foreach trunk assigned or one port on a TN747CO Trunk circuit pack for each trunkassigned.bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Night Service—TrunkAnswer From Any Station

A ringing device and one port on a TN746Analog Line circuit pack.bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Off-Premises Station Cross-connecting capabilities and one porton a TN746 Analog Line circuit pack orTN767 DS1 Interface circuit pack or TN464Universal DS1 circuit pack.bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Personal Central OfficeLine (PCOL)

One port on a TN747 CO Trunk circuit packor TN722/TN767/TN464 DS1 circuit pack foreach CO, Foreign Exchange (FX), or WATStrunk assigned as a PCOL.bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbcc





23





Power Failure Transfer One emergency transfer panel per five orsix trunks assigned to Power FailureTransfer, depending on which of the twopanels is used.

d808A Panel—Serves up to five powerfailure transfer terminals. Providesautomatic ground start or loop start and‘‘restore after busy’’ feature.

dPORTA SYSTEMS Model 574-5Panel—Serves up to five power failuretransfer terminals. Provides automaticground start or loop start.bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Property ManagementSystem (PMS)

Either a TN726 Data Line circuit pack withan ADU or a data module and port on aTN754 Digital Line circuit pack. Printerrequired.bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Queue Status Indication One port on a TN746 Analog Line circuitpack for each auxiliary queue warning lamp(such as a 21C-49).

Requires ACD software.bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbRecorded Announcement Announcements can be either analog or

integrated. Each analog announcementrequires announcement equipment (CookElectric 213300 Single Channel or CookElectric 213400 Multi-Channel) and one porton a TN746 Analog Line circuit pack. Forcustomized recorded announcements, amodel HQD614B Recorder/Announcermanufactured by the Audichron Companycan be used. Each integrated announce -ment, accessed by a call, requires one porton a TN750 Announcement circuit pack. Upto 64 announcements can be recorded onthe TN750.bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbcc





24





Recorded Telephone Dic-tation Access

Telephone dictation machines and, depend -ing on the type of machine, one port on aTN746 Analog Line circuit pack or one porton a TN763 Auxiliary Trunk circuit pack foreach machine assigned.bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Remote Access Dedicated trunks, if Remote Access is notavailable via DID.bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Report Scheduler andSystem Printer

G3r requires a system port comprising aTN553 Packet Data circuit pack connectedto a TN726 Data Line circuit pack. For G1,G3i, and G3r, other hardware requirementsdepend on the type of interface used for thesystem printer (dedicated for the ReportScheduler feature). The printer may be anAT&T 470- or 570-series printer, which usesa serial interface, or a compatible printer. APersonal Computer (PC) may be connectedto the system printer port for collection ofdata; however, a serial interface on the PCmust be provided for the connection. Thesystem printer can be connected as follows:

dUsing the Data Communications Equip -ment (DCE) jack on the back of theControl Cabinet which provides a stan -dard EAI-232C interface. This eliminatesthe need for a data module. An appropri-ate 50-foot cable is required.

dUsing a TN754 Digital Line port and adata module.

dUsing a TN726 Data Line port and anADU.bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Requires multi-appearance voice terminals.Ringer Cutoffbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccc




25





Station Identification/Automatic Number Identif -ication (SID/ANI) (G1name) Calling PartyNumber/Billing Number(CPN/BN) (G3)

For G1 or G3i, assign an Interface Link(requires a TN765 Processor Interface cir -cuit pack) for a direct EIA-232 connection(if not already used). Alternately, a datamodule and TN754 Digital Line port (for G1and G3i) can be used. For G3r or G1.2SE,TN464 Universal DS1 circuit pack (for G3ror G1.2SE) is used. Note that the link isadministered on the System’s ProcessorChannel Assignments form. The link isused as an interface to a CallVisor ISDNGateway adjunct (3B2 Processor) in supportof SID/ANI (G1) or CPN/BN (G3). Requiresdisplay terminals.

Requires ACD-related hardware also. Referto the ACD feature coverage elsewhere inthis table.

Requires ISDN-PRI software and CallVisorISDN Gateway software.*bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbRequires Service Observing Software.*Service Observingbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Subnet Trunking Additional TN748 circuit packs, if RoutingPatterns containing ‘‘wait’’ symbols are usedheavily, and if dial tone detection is prefer -able to waiting for interval time-out.

Private Networking, UDP, or ARS software.DCS software is optional.bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Ten-Digit to Seven-DigitConversion (G1 Only)

Either ARS and Private Networking softwareor ARS and UDP software.bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Time of Day Routing Time of Day Routing software. ARSsoftware.bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Uniform Dial Plan (UDP) UDP software.bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbcccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccc





26





Voice Message Retrieval A TN725 Speech Synthesizer circuit pack.Each circuit pack has four ports to provideVoice Message Retrieval. Traffic Engineer-ing is required to determine the number ofcircuit packs.bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Voice Terminal Display A display-equipped voice terminal and oneport on a TN754 Digital Line circuit pack orTN556 ISDN-BRI circuit pack.bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbcc

ccccccccccc

ccccccccccccc

ccccccccccccc

ccccccccccccc

27

aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa SYSTEM PARAMETERS

SYSTEM PARAMETERS

Table C provides information on the overall capacities of the system. The numbers shown in thetable are maximum limits for each of the items listed. This information, plus the information inTable A, can be used to determine which version of the system to order.

Additional information associated with the features listed in Table C is available in the DEFIN-ITY Communications System Generic 1 and Generic 3—Feature Description, 555-230-201.

Note: One additional parameter of the G3r system that is not noted in the table is distance.Please note that there is a maximum 100-mile end-to-end circuit distance betweenany two DS1 remoted EPNs. That is, if two EPNs are DS1, the sum of the total cir-cuit distance cannot exceed 100 miles. For example, if one EPN is 75 circuit milesfrom the Center Stage Switch (CSS), a second EPN cannot be more than 25 circuitmiles away from the CSS.

TABLE C. System Parameters

bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbItem G1 G3i G3rbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Abbreviated Dialing (AD)AD lists per system 1,600 1,600 5,000AD list entry size 24 24 24AD entries per system 8,000 10,000 25,000Personal Lists 1,600 1,600 5,000

Max. entries 10 10 10Per extension 3 3 3

Group Lists 100 100 1,000Max. entries 90 90 90Per extension 3 3 3

System Lists 1 1 1Max. entries 90 90 90

Enhanced Lists 1 1 1Max. entries 1,000 1,000 1,000

Alphanumeric Dialing No Yes YesMax. entries None 200 1,250bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbcc

ccccccccccccccccccccc





29

SYSTEM PARAMETERS aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa

TABLE C (continued).System Parameters


Applications AdjunctsBX.25 Links: Single-Carrier Cabinet (SCC)/Multi-Carrier Cabinet (MCC) 4/8 4/8 16

application processors [3B2 Message Center Service (MCS), etc.] 1 1 7AUDIX adjuncts 1 1 5CMS adjuncts 1 1 1ICM adjuncts None 1 1CallVisor ISDN Gateway 1 1 1Message Service Adjuncts (MSA) 1 1 1

CallVisor ASAI Adjuncts None 8 8Asynchronous Links (EIA-232) 5 5 10

CDR output devices 2 2 2Journal printer 2 2 2System printer 2 2 2Property Management System (PMS) 1 1 1

BX.25 Processor Channels 64 64 128Hop Channels 64 64 128bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Attendant ServiceAttendant positions (day/night) 6/1 6/1 27/1Switched loops/consoles 6 6 6Attendant control restriction groups 64 64 96100’s groups/attendant console 20 20 20Queue length 30 30 300Emergency access queue length 50 50 80Other access queues

Maximum number of queues 1 1 12Maximum number of queue slots 50 50 80Size range of reserved queue None 2-75 2-75Reserved queue default size None 5 5

Centralized Attendant Service (CAS)Release link trunk groups at branch 1 1 1Release link trunks at branch 99 99 99Release link trunk groups at main 99 99 99Release link trunks at main 400 400 4,000Branches per main 99 99 99bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbcc


cccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccc




30




ARS/AARAAR/ARS patterns 254 254 640ARS patterns for measurement 20 20 25Trunk groups in an ARS pattern 6 6 16Entries in RNX table 640 None NoneEntries in FNPA table 200 None NoneToll tables 32 32 32RHNPA tables 32 32 32UDP (entries) 240 240 50,000Choices per RHNPA table 12 12 12Entires in TOLL table 800 800 800Entries in HNPA & RHNPA tables 800 1,000 1,000FRLs 8 8 8Inserted digit strings* 1,200 1,200 3,000Digits inserted for ARS/AAR 36 36 36Digits deleted for ARS/AAR 11 18 18Routing plans 8 8 8Time of Day (TOD) charts 8 8 8ARS/AAR table entries

(NPA, NXX, RXX, HNPA, FNPA) None 2,000 2,000Digit conversion entries 180 300 300bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

CallVisor ASAINumber of CallVisor ASAI links None 8 8Number of BX.25 Outbound Call Management (OCM) adjuncts None 1 1Notification requests None 170 460Simultaneous active adjunct controlled calls None 300 3,000Active controlling associations None 2,000 3,000Switch to adjunct associations None 127 127Extension controllers per station domain None 2 2Call controllers per call None 1 1Call monitors per call None 1 1Number of adjunct users None 40 100Maximum adjunct controlled agents None 200 200OCM agent move (maximum agents) 80 80 80bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbcc






* This is the number of available 12-character inserted-digit-strings available for AAR/ARS preferences.

31




AuthorizationClasses of restriction 64 64 96Classes of service 16 16 16Authorization codes 5,000 5,000 90,000Length of authorization code 4-7 4-7 4-7Remote access barrier codes 10 10 10Length of barrier code 4-7 4-7 4-7Toll call lists None 1 1Restricted call lists None 1 1Account code digits 1-15 1-15 1-15Unrestricted/allowed call lists 10 10 10Total call list entries 1,000 1,000 1,000bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Automatic Callback Calls 160 160 1,000bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbAutomatic Wakeup

Wakeup requests per system 1,600 1,600 10,000Wakeup requests per extension 1 1 1Wakeup requests per 15-minute interval 300 300 950Advance wakeup request time:

Hours 23 23 23Minutes 55 55 55

Simultaneous display requests 10 10 10bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbBCMS

Measured agents per system 30 200 200Measured trunk groups 30 32 32VDNs None 512 512Measured trunk group members 400 400 400Reporting periods (30 min. or 60 min.) 25 25 25Daily summary reports 7 7 7bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Call AppearancesCall appearances/station* 54 54 54Bridged images/appearance 7 7 15Total bridged appearances 1,600 1,600 10,000bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbcc






* The number of call appearances is the sum of primary and bridged appearances; at most 10 can be primary.

32




CabinetsPPN

MCC 1 1 1Single-carrier control (basic) 1 1 NoneSingle-carrier control cabinet (duplicated) 2 2 NoneSingle-carrier port cabinet (basic) 3 3 NoneSingle-carrier port cabinet (duplicated) 2 2 None

EPNMCC 1 2 21Single-carrier expansion control cabinet (basic) 1 2 20Single-carrier expansion control cabinet (duplicated) 2 4 NoneSingle-carrier port cabinet (basic) 2 9 60Single-carrier port cabinet (duplicated) 2 8 None

Inter-port network connectivityPort networks 2 3 22Maximum number of port networks/cabinet 1 1 2Switch nodes (simplex) None None 2Switch nodes (duplicated) None None 4DS1 converter complex (simplex) None None 20DS1 converter complex (duplicated) None None 40bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Call CoverageCoverage paths 600 600 5,000

With hospitality parameter reduction 5 5 NoneCoverage points in a path 3 3 3Coverage path lists 4 4 4Coverage paths linked together 4 4 4Coverage paths included in call coverage report 100 100 100Coverage Answer Groups (CAGs) 200 200 500Members per CAG 8 8 8Max. users per coverage path 2,900 2,900 2,187bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Call Detail Recording (CDR)Call Detail Recording Utility (CDRU) capacity(calls per hour) 10,000 10,000 40,000

Number of CDRUs per system 1 1 1CDRU trackable extensions 1,600 1,600 10,000Intra-switch call trackable extensions 100 500bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbcc

ccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccc

ccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccc




33




Call ForwardingCall forwarded numbers 1,600 1,600 10,000Call forwarded digits 16 16 16bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Call ParkNumber of parked calls 482 723 723Attendant group common sharedextension numbers 10 10 40bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Call Pickup GroupsNumber of groups 800 800 5,000

With hospitality parameter reduction 5 5 NoneCall pickup members per system 1,600 1,600 10,000Call pickup members per group 50 50 50bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Call Vectoring/Call PromptingVectors per system None 256 512Vector directory numbers None 500 3,000Steps per vector None 15 32Priority levels None 4 4Multiple split queuing splits/call None 3 3Multiple splits for agent logins None 3 4bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Carriers in MCCsControl carrier in simplex system 1 1 1Control carriers in duplicated system 2 2 2Port carrier in simplex PPN cabinet 4 4 4Port carrier in simplex CSS PPN cabinet None None 3Port carrier in duplicated PPN cabinet 3 3 3Port carrier in duplicated CSS PPN cabinet None None 2Port carrier in fully duplicated CSS PPN cabinet None None 1Expansion control carrier in EPN cabinet 1 1 1Port carrier in EPN cabinet 4 4 4Port carrier in simplex CSS EPN cabinets 2-16 None None 4Port carrier in simplex-duplicated processor CSS EPN

cabinet 2 of 22 None None 3Port carrier in simplex-fully duplicated CSS EPN cabinet 2 of 22 None None 2Port carrier in simplex and duplicated CSS EPN cabinets 3-22 None None 4Switch node in simplex PPN cabinet None None 1Switch node in duplicate processor PPN cabinet None None 1Switch node in fully duplicated PPN cabinet None None 2bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbcc


ccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccc




34




Communication Interface LinksMCC 8 8 8SCC 4 4 4bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Conference Parties 6 6 6Simultaneous 3-way conference calls 483 483 3,542Simultaneous 6-way conference calls 240 240 1,771bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Data ParametersAccess endpoints None 400 5000Administered connections* 18 128 128Alphanumeric dialing No Yes Yes

Maximum entries None 200 600bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbDial Plan

Extensions 2,500 2,900 21,875Number portability None None Yes

Feature Dial access codesNumber of access codes 70 70 70Number of digits 1-3 1-3 1-4

Trunk dial access codesNumber of access codes 197 197 1,331Number of digits 1-4 1-4 1-4

NamesNumber of names 3,064 3,064 19,111Number of characters in a name 15 15 15

Integrated directory entries 1,600 1,600 10,000Minimum extension size 1 1 1Maximum extension size 5 5 5DID-listed directory numbers 8 8 20Non-DID-listed directory numbers 50 50 666Prefix extensions Yes Yes YesPhantom extensions (admin. without hardware) 1,600 10,000bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Digital Data Endpoints 800 800 5,000bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbDo Not Disturb (DND)

DND requests per system (3) 1,600 1,600 10,000Simultaneous display requests 10 10 30bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbcc






* These are permanent switched connections in G1.

35




External CMSMeasured agents per system 400 400 1,023Measured agents per split 30 30 999Measured splits 32 99 255Measured trunk groups 99 99 666bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Facility Busy IndicatorsNumber of indicators 2,400 4,000 10,000Buttons per tracked resource 100 100 100bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Hunt Groups or SplitsGroups and/or splits 99 99 255

With hospitality parameter reduction 5 5 NoneGroup members per system 500 500 3,000Group members per group/split 200 200 999Measured groups/splits 99 99 255Queue slots per group 200 200 999Queue slots per system 1,000 1,000 6,000Announcements per group 2 2 2Measured ACD agents

Agents logged in per system measured by CMS 400 400 1,023Agents logged in per split measured by CMS 200 200 999ACD supervisors per system 99 99 255bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Intercom Translation Table (ICOM)Automatic/manual and dial

ICOM groups per system 32 32 680Members per ICOM group 32 32 32Members per system 1,024 1,024 8,192bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Last Number DialedEntries per system 2,400 2,400 15,028Number of digits 16 16 16bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Leave Word Calling (SPE based)Messages stored 2,000 2,000 2,000Messages per user 10 10 16Simultaneous message retrievers 60 60 400Systemwide message retrievers 10 10 10Remote message waiting indicators

Per extension 80 80 80Per system 80 80 500bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbcc

cccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccc

cccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccc




36




Modem Pool GroupsMode 2/analog 5 5 63

Members per group 32 32 32Group members per system 160 160 2,016bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

NetworkingCAS nodes 99 99 99DCS nodes 63 63 63UDP nodes 240 240 1,000bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

PagingLoudspeaker zones 9 9 9Code calling IDs 125 125 125bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Personal CO Lines (PCOL)PCOL trunk groups 40 40 100PCOL lines 40 40 100PCOL trunks per trunk group 1 1 1PCOL appearances 4 4 16bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Port Circuit Pack Slots*Per PPN

MCC simplex 89 89 80MCC duplicated 78 78 60SCC simplex 64 64 NoneSCC duplicated 56 56 None

Per EPNMCC simplex 99 99 99MCC duplicated 98 98 98SCC simplex 71 71 71SCC duplicated 70 70 70bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Power Failure ExtensionsModel 574-5 panel 35 35bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbcc






* Only port slots are included in this count. There are 100 port slots per EPN cabinet, one of which isdedicated for the Tone/Clock board. There may be other service-related slots required which wouldfurther reduce the number of port slots available. In G3 carriers, a 21 st slot may be equipped with auxili-ary boards that do not require tip and ring connections.

37




Recorded AnnouncementsRecorded announcements 64 128 256Analog queue slots per system 150 150 300Analog queue slots per announcement 150 150 300Integrated queue slots per system 50 50 300Calls connected per announcement

Integrated announcement or auxiliary trunk 255 255 255Analog trunk 128 128 128

Integrated announcement circuit packs 1 1 1Channels per integrated announcement circuit pack 16 16 16Integrated announcement recording time (min.:seconds)

16 KB recording None 8:32 8:5332 KB recording 4:16 256 256bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Speech Synthesis Circuit Packs 6 6 40Channels per speech circuit pack 4 4 4bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

System AdministrationSimultaneous administration sessions 3 5 8Simultaneous administration commands 1 1 5Simultaneous maintenance commands 1 1 3Administration history file entries 250 250 2000Printer queue size 50 50 50bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Terminating Extension Groups (TEGs)TEGs 32 32 32Users that may share a TEG 4 4 4bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbcc

ccccccccccccccccccccccccccccc

ccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccc




38




Time SlotsTotal slots 1,024 1,536 11,264Slots for voice and data 966 1,449 10,604Simultaneous circuit-switched calls 482 723 5,291bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Tone ClassifiersTone detector circuit packs 20 10 50

General purpose tone detectors 40 20 100Touch-tone receivers 80 40 200

Call classifier circuit packs 10 10 25Call progress touch-tone receivers (TTR) 80 80 200

TTR queue size 4 4 4bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbTrunks

Trunks in system (also remote access) 400 400 4,000With hospitality parameter reduction 50 50 None

Trunk members in a trunk group 99 99 255Trunk groups in the system 99 99 666

Trunk group hourly measurements None None 75Queue slots for trunks 198 198 1,332Ringback queue slots 120 1000 1,000DS1 circuit packs 30 30 166PRI Interfaces (D-channels)

MCC 8 8 166SCC 4 4

PRI Interfaces (B-channels)MCC 184 400SCC 92 400

PRI Temporary Signaling Connections 656Call associated 400Non-call associated 256bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Voice TerminalsStations1 1,600 1,600 10,000Associated data modules (DTDMs, etc.) 800 800 5,000Digital stations2 1,600 1,600 10,000ISDN-BRI stations3 None 1,000 5,000Station button capacity (units) 547.2 K 547.2 K 4.12 MDisplay Stations 1,600 1,600 10,000bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbcc






aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa1. This includes extensions administered without associated hardware.

2. All digital stations can be display stations.

3. All ISDN-BRI stations can be display stations.

39


Notes:

Digital data endpoints terminate on a port of the switch. Up to 800 ports can ter-minate digital data endpoints. The remaining system ports are available for terminat-ing digital voice terminals, trunks, etc.

1.

For G3, the extensions are shared among the following applications: voice station,attendant, data endpoint, hunt group, recorded announcement, TEG, VDN, extensionfor failed automatic wakeup messages, attendant common shared extensions, codecalling ID, and phantom extensions. (For example, it is possible to have 1600 sta-tions plus 1300 phantom extensions, that is, administration without hardware). Inaddition, there is another internal dial plan limit: PCOL groups, common sharedextensions, access endpoints, code calling IDs, Listed Directory Numbers (LDNs),hunt groups, announcements, and TEGs are limited to 860.

2.

When more than 23 B-Channels for every one D-Channel are provisioned, Non-Facility Associated Signaling (NFAS) must be used.

3.

Trunks and access endpoints (see Data Parameters in Table C entries for more onaccess endpoints) consume the same resource. The sum of trunks and access end-points cannot exceed 400.

4.

A fully equipped PPN cabinet and EPN cabinet without duplication (MCC system)has 184 port circuit pack slots available (after tone detectors and expansion inter-faces have been added in). A system using all these slots for digital line circuit packshas a maximum physical digital line capacity of 1472 lines (184 slots x 8 ports perslot). Replacing one of the digital line circuit packs with a trunk circuit pack or a cir-cuit pack other than a digital line circuit pack reduces the digital line capacity by 8lines. Therefore, trunking and analog and hybrid terminal requirements must be con-sidered in determining the actual maximum for each system. When the second EPNis added in a G3 system, 1600 digital terminals can be configured in the system.

5.

A button module (function key module) is a portion of memory required to store but-ton translations. Some digital voice terminals require no button modules while otherterminals need one or more modules. Digital voice terminal button module anddisplay requirements are given in the following table, ‘‘Station Allocation Characteris-tics.’’ These button module and display requirements limit the number of digital voiceterminals with more than 10 feature buttons and/or displays that can be connected toa system. In G3, memory units are allocated by the system to each terminal basedon the number of buttons actually translated. The button module scheme is nolonger used in G3. There are 547,000 memory units available in G3 for terminals.

6.

The system automatically initiates phantom user calls without any dialing from avoice terminal. An automatic wakeup call is an example of a phantom user call.

7.

40


The following table shows the button module requirements of different station configurations.

TABLE D. Station Allocation Characteristicsbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Required Records Required Records andStation Type

(G1,G3) Button Units*bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbAnalog set 500 S S+62Analog set 2500 S S+62Analog set 7101A S S+62Analog set 8102 S S+62Analog set 8110 S S+62bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb10MET set - 10 buttons S S+5220MET set - 20 buttons S + [B] S+15230MET set - 30 buttons S + [B] S+252bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbHybrid set - 7303S S S+102Hybrid set - 7305S S + [B] S+342Hybrid set - 7309S S S+102bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbDigital set - 7401D S S+92Digital set - 7401 Plus S S+92Digital set - 7403D S S+102Digital set - 7404D S + M S+62Digital set - 7404D w/display S + B + M S+192Digital set - 7405D S + [B] S+342Digital set - 7405D w/display S + B + [B] S+472Digital set - 7406D S + [B] S+282Digital set - 7406D w/display S + B + [B] S+342Digital set - 7406 Plus S + [B] S+282Digital set - 7407D (w/display) S + B + [B] S+472Digital set - 7407 Plus S + B + [B] S+472Digital set - 7410D S S+102Digital set - 7434D S + [B] S+342Digital set - 7434D w/call coverage module S + B + [B] S+542Digital set - 7434D w/display S + 2B + [B] S+472602A1 S + B + [B] S+342PC S + B + [B] S+472bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb510BCT S + B + [B] + M S+322515BCT S + B + M S+232bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbcc



aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa*

— Assumes 3 call appearances per station in button 1-3 with all other available buttons assigned.— For call appearances other than 3, adjust total units by the following:

adjustment=(Nca-3)*[(10*Ndisp)+(6*Nbri)]where: Nca=number of call appearance (assumes first Nca button is CA)

Ndisp=total number of display stations in systemNbri=total number of BRI station in system

41


TABLE D (continued).Station Allocation Characteristics

bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbRequired Records Required Records and

Station Type(G1,G3) Button Units*bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Basic Attendant Console A + 2B AEnhanced Attendant Console A + 2B AAttendant Selector Console A + 2B AbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbFeature Module [B] 240Display B **DTDM M MbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbMPDM/MTDM/7400A/7400B/7500B M MCall Coverage Module B 200EIA (PI-Simplex) M MCDR M MNetcon Data Channel 2M 2MProcessor Interface Link 2M 2Mbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb[ISDN sets for G3 only]ISDN-BRI UDM - 7500 M + IISDN-BRI set - 7505 S + I + 190ISDN-BRI set - 7506 w/display S + I + 250ISDN-BRI set - 7507 w/display S + I + 480ISDN-BRI set - 8503T S + I + 50bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbcc


ccccccccccccccccccccccccc

LEGEND:bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbNotation Meaning G1 G3bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbA Attendant record 7 7S Basic station record 1600 1600B Large button module 1000 2000M Data module record 800 800I ISDN-BRI endpoint record N/A N/A# Button memory units N/A 547200bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbcc

ccccccc

ccccccccc

aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa*

— Assumes 3 call appearances per station in button 1-3 with all other available buttons assigned.— For call appearances other than 3, adjust total units by the following:

adjustment=(Nca-3)*[(10*Ndisp)+(6*Nbri)]where: Nca=number of call appearance (assumes first Nca button is CA)

Ndisp=total number of display stations in systemNbri=total number of BRI station in system

** For G3, the number of button memory units required for a display depends on the station type. The number of buttonmemory units required for a display is indicated for each station type in the table above. Note that these valuesdepend on the assumptions in the previous footnote. (Call appearances are only translated on buttons 1-3.)

42


Notes:

Regarding station allocation:

1. For G1, [B] is equivalent to B. For G3, [B] indicates large button modules that are allo-cated only when a button on that module is administered.

2. Any digital DCP station can add a 7400B, requiring one data module record.

3. A DTDM can be added to a 7403D or 7405D, requiring one data module record.

4. The 6504-T is administered as a 7505D and the 6508-T is administered as a 7507D(G3 only).

5. A data module (ADM-T) can be added to a 7505D, 7506D, or 7507D, requiring one datamodule record (G3 only).

6. The PC/ISDN is administered as a 7506D or 7507D with ADM (G3 only).

7. An ISDN-BRI endpoint record is required for each distinct ISDN-BRI endpoint. Thuseach voice-only, data-only, or voice-data endpoint uses one of these records.

43

aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa SYSTEM VERSION DETERMINATION

SYSTEM VERSION DETERMINATION

From the information given in Tables A, C, and D, you should now be able to determine the sys-tem version needed. Check the version in one of the boxes provided.

G1

G3i

G3r

43

aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE DETERMINATION

HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE DETERMINATION

Voice/Data Terminal Equipment Assignments

Use Table E to list the system users and their individual equipment needs. Blank columns areprovided so that you can fill in the name, extension number, application (voice and/or data), typeof terminal equipment, and adjunct(s) required for each user. A current phone directory and sta-tion survey may be helpful when filling in this table.

Note: Before entering the information in Table E, review the DEFINITY CommunicationsSystem Generic 1 and System 75 and System 85—Terminals and Adjuncts—Reference, 555-015-201, to strengthen your familiarity with the system’s terminalsand adjuncts.

Voice/Data Terminal Totals

Using the information listed in Table C and Table E, complete Tables F and G to summarize yourterminal and adjunct needs. As mentioned above, detailed information for each voice terminaland adjunct can be found in the DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1 and System 75and System 85—Terminals and Adjuncts—Reference, 555-015-201.

After completing Tables F and G, complete Table H to ensure that the identified equipment iswithin the maximum limits of the system.

45

HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE DETERMINATION aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa

TABLE E. Users and Required Equipmentbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Voice and/orExtension Application Data Terminal

Name Number (Voice/Data) Equipment Adjunct(s)bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccc






46


TABLE F. Voice/Data Terminal Quantitiesbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Type cc Model cc QuantitybbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbOrderable With G3bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

2500 Seriesbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb2500DMGCbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb2500YMGKbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb510Abbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb7102Abbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb8102bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Single-Line Analog 1

8110bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb7303S 2bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbMulti-Appearance Hybrid7305S 2bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb7401Dbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb7403D 2bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb7404D 2bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb7405D 2bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb7406Dbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb7407Dbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb7410Dbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb7434Dbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb7401 Plusbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb7406 Plusbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb7407D Enhancedbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb7407 Plusbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb7410 Plusbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb7444 Plusbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Multi-Appearance Digital 3

CallMasterbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb7505bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb7506bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb7507bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

ISDN-BRI 3

8503Tbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccc




aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa1. When used as on-premises, out-of-building stations, lightning protection is required. A carbon block, a wide-gap gas

tube, or an equivalent solid-state device is required at each end of the interbuilding cable.

2. When used as on-premises, out-of-building stations, lightning protection is required. An ITW LYNX protector(LP2-100-068) or 4C3S-75 protector is required at each end of the interbuilding cable.

3. These terminals are no longer orderable. They have been Manufacturer Discontinued.

47


TABLE F (continued).Voice/Data Terminal Quantities

bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbType cc Model cc Quantitybbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Orderable With G3bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb510Dbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb513 BCTbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb515 BCTbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb610 BCTbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb615 MTbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb715 BCS bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb4410bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Data Terminals (IncludingDEFINITY Manager Iterminals or G3r-MTs)

4425bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbBasic ConsolebbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbAttendant Consoles cc

ccccccccccccc

Selector Console ccccccccccccccc

bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbReusable From Earlier Systemsbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

500bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb7101Abbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb7103A Fixed FeaturebbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbSingle-Line Analog 1

7103A Programmablebbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb7303Hbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb7305H01Bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb7305H02Bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb7305H03Bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Multi-Appearance Hybrid

7309Hbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb10 Buttonbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb10 Buttonwith Built-InSpeakerphonebbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb20 Buttonbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Multi-Button ElectronicTelephone (MET) Sets

30 Buttonbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbcccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccc

cccccccccccccccccccccc



aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa1. When used as on-premises, out-of-building stations, lightning protection is required. A carbon block, a wide-gap gas

tube, or an equivalent solid-state device is required at each end of the interbuilding cable.

48


TABLE G. Adjunct Quantities and Voice Terminal Compatibilitybbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Adjunct Terminal Function Quantitybbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb7405D7434D

Adds 20 callappearance/feature buttons

Call Coverage Module, C401A*

bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb7405D7434D

Displays call-related and personalservice information

Digital Display Module, D401A*

bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbFunction Key Module, F401A 7405D Adds 24 feature buttonsbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Provides for connection andcontrol of standard headset

Headset Adapter, 500A 7405D

bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb7303S7305S

Provides for connection and controlof standard headset

Headset Adapter, 502A

bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbProvides display of call-related andpersonal service information ondata terminal screen

Messaging Cartridge 7404D

bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbSpeakerphone, S101A 7405D Provides hands-free callingbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbSpeakerphone, S102A 7303S Provides hands-free calling

7305Sbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbcccccccccccccccccccccc





aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa* Combined maximum of 500 in G1, 800 in G3i, and 5000 in G3r.

49


Instructions

Enter the quantities of terminal equipment to be used in Table H. Both totals must be less thanthe allowed maximums for each terminal type. For each item, enter the quantity in the blankspace provided. If both spaces are blank, enter the quantity in each space where applicable.

TABLE H. Terminal Equipment Limitsbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

QuantitybbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbEnhancedTerminal Type

Terminals Term/Modules*bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb500 XXXXXXXXbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb2500 XXXXXXXXbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb2500 DMGC With Message Waiting XXXXXXXXbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb2500 YMGK With Message Waiting XXXXXXXXbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb2554 XXXXXXXXbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb510A XXXXXXXXbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb7101A XXXXXXXXbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb7102A XXXXXXXXbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb7103A XXXXXXXXbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb7303S XXXXXXXXbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb7305Sbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb7302H XXXXXXXXbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb7303H XXXXXXXXbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb7309H XXXXXXXXbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb7401D XXXXXXXXbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb7401 Plus XXXXXXXXbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb7403D XXXXXXXXbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb7404D (Without/with messaging cartridge) XXXXXXXXbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb7405Dbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb7406Dbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb7406 Plusbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb7407Dbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb7407D Enhancedbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb7407 Plusbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb7410D XXXXXXXXbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb7410 Plus XXXXXXXXbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb7434Dbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb7444 Plusbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbcc

cccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccc

cccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccc



aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa* See Table D for the number of button modules per terminal type. Enter the total button modules for each terminal type

in the ‘‘Enhanced Term/Modules’’ column.

50


TABLE H (continued).Terminal Equipment Limits

bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbQuantitybbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

EnhancedTerminal TypeTerminals Term/Modules*bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

7505bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb7506bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb7507bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb8102 XXXXXXXXbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb8110 XXXXXXXXbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb8503Tbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb602A1 (CallMaster)bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb10 BTN MET XXXXXXXXbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb20/30 BTN METbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb510Dbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb515 BCTbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb610 BCT XXXXXXXXbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb615 MT XXXXXXXXbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb715 BCS XXXXXXXXbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbAttendant Console(s) XXXXXXXXbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbTOTALbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbTOTAL SHOULD NOT EXCEED:bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Max. 1,600Voice Terminals

Max. 1,000Enhanced Term/Modules

All G1

bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbMax. 1,600Voice Terminals


All G3i

bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbMax. 10,000Voice Terminals


All G3r

bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbcccccccccccccccccccccccccccccc

cccccccccccccccccccccccccccccc



Yes NoHave either of the above limits been exceeded?If yes, reconfigure the system to fall within the above limits.

aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa* See Table D for the number of button modules per terminal type. Enter the total button modules for each terminal type

in the ‘‘Enhanced Term/Modules’’ column.

51


Data Communications Equipment

Use the following information to determine the data communications equipment requirements foryour system. Various data communications configurations are described. The system supportswideband area networks; private and switched data networks; and local host, terminal, and per-sonal computer communications. The information includes the following:

d Illustrations of the physical relationships between the switch and data network com-ponents (including terminals, modems, modules, protocol converters, and host comput-ers)

d Descriptions of data communications equipment associated with the system (includingCDR and data modules)

d Descriptions of data terminals supported in the system (including display terminals andprinters)

d Descriptions of the data communications adjuncts that are supported.

After reviewing this section, develop a data communications layout. Record existing equipmentfirst; then indicate changes and additions that are specific to the system equipment and arrange-ments.

Enter the quantities of the data equipment required for your system in Table I.

TABLE I. Data Communications Equipmentbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Equipment QuantitybbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbAsynchronous Data Units (ADUs)bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbEIA TerminalsbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbEIA Host Computer PortsbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbModular Processor Data Modules (MPDMs)bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbModular Terminal Data Modules (MTDMs)bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb7400A Data Modulebbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb7400B Plus Data Modulebbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb7500B Data ModulebbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbPooled Modems (Integrated)bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbPooled Modems (Combined)bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbNon-Pooled Modemsbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb3270A Data Modulesbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb3270T Data Modulesbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb3270C Data ModulesbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbPrintersbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbPersonal Computersbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbcc


cccccccccccccccccccccccc

cccccccccccccccccccccccc

52


CDR Output Devices and Connections

The CDR output device can be one of the following:

d TELESEER CDR Unit

d 94A Local Storage Unit (LSU)

d Printer

d Host computer

d Customer-provided equipment such as a personal computer

CDR output devices are connected to DEFINITY Generic 1 or Generic 3 using:

d Modular Processor Data Modules (MPDMs)

d Modular Trunk Data Modules (MTDMs)

d Data Line circuit packs and ADUs

d Modems

d Direct EIA-232C interface provided by the TN773 Processor circuit pack (G3i only)

The two preferred methods for connecting CDR equipment to the system are:

d Data Line circuit pack

d Direct EIA-232C connection (G3i only)

These two methods cost less than MPDMs or DTDMs.

53


Figure 1 shows some of the ways the output devices can be connected.

DIGITALLINE CP

PART OF DIGITAL SWITCH

DIGITALLINE CP

MODULAR TRUNK94A LSU

DCPRS-232C

DCPRS-232C

APPLICATIONSRS-232C

DATALINE CP

ADU

PRINTER

94A LSUOR

"TELESEER"

DATA MODULE

MODULAR PROCESSORDATA MODULE

(MTDM)

MODEM

PRIVATELINE

TO

HOST

SMDR UNITOR PRINTER

RS-232C

MPDM DCP

"TELESEER" SMDRUNIT OR

(MPDM)

BUILDINGCABLERS-232C

REMOTE

DCPMTDM

PROCESSOR

PRINTER

94A LSUOR

"TELESEER" SMDRUNIT OR

(V1,V2,V3)TN759

PROCESSOR CP(V2 OR V3,

SINGLE-

CABINETS)OR TN773

PROCESSOR CP

CARRIER

(GENERIC 1.)

TN754 ORTN754B

TN754 ORTN754B

TN726 ORTN726B

FIGURE 1. CDR Output Devices and Connections

54


Data Modules

Data modules are communications devices that provide an interface between the digital switch,Data Terminal Equipment (DTE), and Data Communications Equipment (DCE). Data modulestransmit and receive data, converting between the system’s Digital Communications Protocol(DCP) and the following interfaces: EIA-232C, RS-366, RS-449, V.35, and a Category A coaxialinterface.

Figure 2 shows some of the ways modules can be connected in a Local Data Endpoint configura-tion. Figure 3 shows some of the ways modules can be connected in a Remote Data Endpointconfiguration.

To protect existing investments, in-place equipment that performs the same function as DEFIN-ITY Generic 1 or Generic 3 data modules may be used.

The following system data modules are covered:

d Digital Terminal Data Module (DTDM)

d Z702AL1-DSU Data Module Base

d Modular Trunk Data Module (MTDM)

d Modular Processor Data Module (MPDM)

d 7400A Data Module

d 7400B Data Module

d 7500B Data Module

d 3270 Data Module

d Z3A Asynchronous Data Unit (ADU)

d Pooled Modem

Digital Terminal Data Module (DTDM)

The DTDM provides synchronous or asynchronous voice and data communications to 7403D and7405D digital voice terminal users who have a terminal or personal computer. The DTDM andvoice terminal integrate data and voice into the DCP for the switch.

Z702AL1-DSU Data Module Base

The Z702AL1-DSU Data Module Base provides the DCE interface connection between a 7407Dvoice terminal and data terminals. The module provides full-duplex asynchronous operation only.The module and 7407D voice terminal integrate data and voice into the DCP for the switch.

55


Modular Trunk Data Module (MTDM)

The MTDM provides an EIA-232C DTE interface for connection to off-premises (out-of-building)private-line trunk facilities or a switched telecommunications network, and a DCP interface forconnection to the switch. The MTDM may also serve as part of a conversion resource formodem pooling. The MTDM is also used to interface with DCE-type multiplexers.

Modular Processor Data Module (MPDM)

The MPDM provides a DCE asynchronous or synchronous interface for connection to data termi-nals, CDR output devices, Manager I or G3r-MT terminals, on-premises (in-building) administra-tion terminals, and host computers.

The MPDM can be preset in the factory to provide the following interfaces: EIA-232C, RS-449,V.35, and RS-366 to support ACU (Automatic Calling Unit)-type dialing.

The MPDM can be configured to support the Data Call Setup or Off-Premises Data-Only Exten-sion feature. The MPDM also supports data rates of 56 and 64 kbps for downloading and otherhigh-speed data transfer requirements.

7400A Data Module

The 7400A Data Module may be used instead of an MTDM when supporting the combinedModem Pooling feature. The 7400A Data Module supports asynchronous operation and providesa DCP interface to the switch and an EIA-232C interface to the associated modem.

7400B Data Module

The 7400B Data Module supports asynchronous data communications and can operate in thestand-alone mode for data-only service or in the linked mode, which provides simultaneous voiceand data service (acts like a DTDM). The 7400B provides voice and data communications to7400D-series voice terminals and the 602A1 CallMaster voice terminal that have a connection toa data terminal or personal computer. The 7400B integrates data and voice into the DCP proto-col required to interface to the switch via a port on a Digital Line circuit pack. The 7400B may beused instead of an MPDM when asynchronous operation at speeds of 19.2 kbps or less isrequired to provide a DCP interface to the switch for data terminals, printers, etc. The 7400Bdoes not support synchronous operation and keyboard dialing.

7500B Data Module

The 7500B Data Module supports synchronous or asynchronous communications and canoperate in the stand-alone mode for data-only service or in linked mode, which provides simul-taneous voice and data service. The 7500B provides voice and data service to 7500-series voiceterminals and the 8503T voice terminal. The 7500B integrates data and voice into the ISDN pro-tocol required to interface to the switch via a port on the BRI circuit pack. The 7500B may beused instead of an Asnynchronous Data Module (ADM) when synchronous operations at speedsof up to 64 kbps are required.

56


3270 Data Module

The 3270 Data Module provides a Category A coaxial DCE interface for connection to 3270-typedata terminals or a cluster controller. It also provides a DCP interface connection to the digitalswitch.

The 3270 is available in the following three models:

d 3270T (Terminal)—Connects to a Category A 3270-type terminal, such as the 3278 Infor-mation Delivery System. The 3270T Data Module must connect through the digital switchto a 3270C (Controller) Data Module.

d 3270A (Asynchronous)—Provides the same function as the 3270T Data Module. It alsoallows the 3270-type terminal to emulate a Digital Equipment Corporation VT 100 or anAT&T asynchronous terminal.

d 3270C (Controller)—Connects an IBM 3274 or 3276 cluster controller to the digitalswitch. A 3270C Data Module can contain up to eight ports.

Z3A Asynchronous Data Unit (ADU)

The Z3A ADU is a DCE-type device that allows direct connection between EIA-232C equipmentand the TN726 Data Line circuit pack. The ADU can handle standard data rates from 300 to19,200 bps, asynchronous, full duplex only.

The ADU is used when the DTE is located more than 50 feet from the Data Line circuit pack andis installed with the DTE. An optional originate or disconnect switch may be used with the ADU.

Pooled Modem

Modem pools may reduce the number of modems and may also reduce the number of dial-upfacilities needed for data transmissions. The integrated and external modem pools can handle upto 32 simultaneous data calls per group in up to 5 groups. Integrated modem pools can operateat speeds of 300, 1200, and 2400 bps. Combined modem pools (external modem pools) canoperate at speeds up to 19.2 kbps.

57


Data Communications Adjuncts

Adjunct equipment may be connected to the switch without any unique switched-based call pro-cessing, administration, or maintenance capabilities. In addition to the Z3A Message WaitingIndicator, DEFINITY Generic 1 and Generic 3 can support the following adjuncts:

d EIA terminal such as the 4410 BCT (TTY 5410) and 4415 (TTY 5420)

d Personal computers, such as the AT&T PC 6300, PC 7300, PC 6312, or 6386 Work-Group System (WGS)

d HORIZON communications system, MERLIN communications system, and Informa-tion Systems Network (local area network) switching systems

d Two multiplexers, the Channel Expansion Multiplexer (which doubles the channel capa-city of a DS1 facility to 44 voice band channels) and the Channel Division Multiplexer(which provides non-switched private line connections over DS1 facilities)

d Protocol converters to allow ASCII terminals and personal computers to communicatewith SNA/SDLC IBM computer and bisynchronous networks, thus protecting investmentsin existing low-cost terminals as data networks grow or are integrated and as protocolschange

d CONVERSANT Voice Information System, AT&T’s voice response unit offering

58


513BCT

HOSTCOMPUTER

BCT500

515 BCT

SSI

RS-232

RS-232

RS-232

PROTOCOLCONVERTER

DIGITALLINE CP

DIGITALLINE CP

DIGITALLINE CP

DATATERMINAL

EQUIPMENT

HOSTCOMPUTER

OR DATASERVICE

UNIT

OR DATASERVICE

UNIT

MODEM MODEM


DIGITALLINE CP

DIGITALLINE CP

3270A OR3270TDATA

MODULE

3270CDATA

MODULE

CATEGORY 1COAXIAL

CATEGORY 1COAXIAL3270-TYPE

DATATERMINAL

CLUSTERCONTROLLER

HOSTCOMPUTER

DCP

DCP

DCP

DCP

DCP

RS-232C

OR510D

RS-232C

MPDM

MTDM

REMOTE

LINE CPANALOGMODEM

DATATERMINAL

EQUIPMENT

RS-232C TN742

DIGITALVOICE

TERMINAL WITH DATA

MODULE

TN754 ORTN754B

TN754 ORTN754B

TN754 ORTN754B

TN754 ORTN754B

TN754 ORTN754B

FIGURE 2. Data Endpoint (Terminal, Personal Computer, Host, andCustomer-Provided Equipment) Connections

59


LINE CP

DATATERMINAL

EQUIPMENT


LINE CP

MTDM

MODEM

EIA

DCP

DATA

ADUAIM

ADU

INFORMATION

NETWORK

AIMINFORMATION

NETWORKADAPTERRS-232C DCP

DCPPROTOCOLCONVERTER

FRONTEND

PROCESSOR

BISYNC ORSVA HOST

COMBINEDMODEMPOOL

DIGITALLINE CPDCP

DCPDATA SERVICE

DCP

MULTIPLEXER

DATASERVICE

FACILITIESLINE

TO PRIVATE

FACILITIESLINE

ANALOG

MPDM

MPDM

MPDM

MPDM

UNIT OR MODEMMTDM

UNIT ORMODEM

SYSTEMS

SYSTEMS

OR7400ADATA

MODULE

TO PRIVATE

TN754 ORTN754B

DIGITALLINE CP

TN754 ORTN754B

DIGITALLINE CP

TN754 ORTN754B

DIGITALLINE CP

TN754 ORTN754B

DIGITALLINE CP

TN754 ORTN754B

TN746 ORTN746B

TN726 ORTN726B

LINE CPDATA

TN726 ORTN726B

FIGURE 3. Data Endpoint (EIA-232C) Connections

60


Display Terminals and Printers

The DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1 and Generic 3 is compatible with terminalsand printers having EIA-232C or DCP interfaces.

System access for administration of DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1 and Generic3 is performed by a Manager I terminal for G1 and G3i or G3r-MT for G3r, a Remote Administra-tion terminal (that is, a Manager I or G3r-MT terminal that is more than 50 feet from the systemcabinet and uses a dial-up capability), or by an AT&T location. System maintenance can be per-formed from the Manager I or G3r-MT terminal or from an AT&T location.

The Manager I or G3r-MT terminal can be a 715 Business Communications Terminal (BCT), 615Multi-Tasking Terminal (MT) with a 513 BCT emulation cartridge, 513 BCT, 515 BCT, 610 BCT,4410 terminal, or 4425 terminal located within 50 feet of the system cabinet. A remote Manager Ior G3r-MT terminal requires the use of a modem to allow dial-up to the system.

Remote Administration

Remote Administration allows the system to be administered from a remote terminal located onor off the customer’s premises. A terminal located more than 50 feet from the system cabinet isconsidered remote and can use a modem to dial-up the system. If it is on-premises, a datamodule or an ADU can be used in place of a modem. The remote terminal performs the samefunctions as the local Manager I or G3r-MT terminal.

The 513 BCT, 515 BCT, 610 BCT, 615 MT, 715 BCT, 4410 terminal, or 4425 terminal may beused as the local (on-premises) Manager I or G3r-MT terminal or the remote terminal for DEFIN-ITY Generic 1 and Generic 3 systems. The 510D terminal can be used as an on-premisesremote terminal for all systems if it is connected directly to the switch or as an off-premisesremote terminal behind a remote G1 or G3 if modem pooling is used on the G1 or G3 that isbeing dialed.

If the remote terminal is a 4410 terminal, 513 BCT, 610 BCT, 615 MT, or 715 BCT, it must beconnected to the switch via a Processor Data Module (PDM), Digital Terminal Data Module(DTDM), or Data Line circuit pack port. If a 4425 terminal (with integrated modem) or 515 BCT isused as a remote terminal, a PDM or DTDM is not required, but a System Access Port isrequired for G3r.

Table J provides a listing of the system data terminals.

61


TABLE J. System Data Terminalsbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Terminal/(Protocol) Description Applicationbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

510D(DCP)

See DEFINITY CommunicationsSystem Generic 1 and System 75 andSystem 85—Terminals and Adjuncts—Reference, 555-015-201.

dExecutive Voice/Data TerminaldRemote administration terminal

bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb610 BCT(EIA)


dLocal (within 50 feet of systemcabinet) administration terminal

dGeneral purpose data terminal

bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb615 MT(EIA)

See 615 Multi-Task Terminal User’s Guide ,999-300-302.

dLocal or remote (Manager I orG3-MT) administration terminal

dGeneral purpose data terminalbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb715 BCS(EIA)

See 715 BCS User’s Guide, 999-300-765. dLocal or remote (Manager I orG3-MT) administration terminal

dGeneral purpose data terminalbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb513 BCT(EIA)


dRemote SAT (G1)dGeneral purpose data terminal

bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb515 BCT(DCP/EIA)


dExecutive Voice/Data TerminaldRemote administration terminaldGeneral purpose data terminal

bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb4410 DisplayTerminal(EIA)


dLocal or remote administrationterminal


bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb4425 DisplayTerminal(EIA)


dLocal or remote administrationterminal


bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbcccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccc




62


Table K provides a listing of the system printers and their typical applications.

TABLE K. System Printersbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Printer Description Applicationbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbd132 ColumnsdMatrix printerdTractor feedd30 characters per second (cps)dDraft quality outputdSSI Interface

Provides hard copy of data receivedunder the direction of a data communi -cations processor or controller.

443

bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbd132 ColumnsdLine printer with tractor feedd55 cpsdDraft quality outputd3 Interface options:

– EIA– IBM computer– Centronics

d96 Upper/Lower Case Characters

Printing messages received on-linefrom a Message Server or controller.

445

bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbd10, 12, 15 char. per inch (variable)dVertical line spacing 3/6/8 lines per inch

(variable)dFull font printerdDocument quality outputd5000 feet maximum distance from hostdSSI Interfaced45 cps

Auxiliary printer where document qualityis the primary consideration. A slavedevice (auxiliary only) to an applicationsprocessor via an SSI data link.

450

bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb460and 572

dMedium speeddBidirectionaldDraft qualitydMatrix printerdInterface options:

– EIA– SSI– IBM computer

dUp to 240 cpsd5000 feet maximum distance from host

Prints data received under direction of acommunications processor or controllerwhen copy quality is essential.

bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbcccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccc




(continued on next page)

63


TABLE K (continued).System Printers

bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbPrinter Description Applicationbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

dDesktop Dot MatrixdDraft qualityd120 cps or 10 cpsdInterface Options:

– IBM computer– Centronics

Prints data received under direction of acommunications processor or controller.

470

bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb475and 573

dLetter quality matrix printerd120 cps or 10 cpsdBidirectionaldEIA Interfaced50 feet maximum distance from host

Interface to a printer system. Printsunder the direction of a communicationsprocessor or controller. May be usedas the System Printer in support of theReport Scheduler feature.bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbcc

cccccccccccccc

cccccccccccccccc

cccccccccccccccc

cccccccccccccccc

64


Distributed Communications System (DCS)

Distributed Communications System (DCS) allows two or more switches to provide transparencyfor certain attendant and voice terminal features as if the cluster were a single large switch. DCSsimplifies dialing procedures between locations and allows the use of some of the system’sfeatures between locations. To clarify this further, if you have two switches in the same companythat are networked together but do not have DCS, if a call from one display terminal is made toanother display terminal, the terminal receiving the call displays only the trunk line over which thecall was placed. If the switches have DCS, however, the extension from which the call is madeappears. Another example is that the Leave Word Calling button can be used where twoswitches have DCS. Figure 4 shows how the DCS can be connected to the system.

For detailed information on how to add DCS to a system, see DEFINITY Communications Sys-tem Generic 1 and Generic 3i—Upgrades and Additions, 555-204-106 or DEFINITY Communi-cations System Generic 3r—Upgrades and Additions, 555-230-106.

65


REMOTE COMM.SYSTEMTN722 OR TN7657DS1 TIETRUNK CPREMOTECOMM.SYSTEMTN767 DS1INTERFACE CP(GENERIC 1)ISDN PRICHANNEL SPEED = 64 KBPSDATA SPEED = 9.6 KBPSTN754 DIGITALLINE CPMODEMDCP TN754 DIGITALLINE CP“DATAPHONE” IIMODEMDCP TN754 DIGITALLINE CPDATA SERVICEUNITDCP TN765 PROCESSORINTERFACE CPMODEMEIA 232CTN765 PROCESSORINTERFACE CPEIA 232C“DATAPHONE” IIMODEMTN765 PROCESSORINTERFACE CPEIA 232CDATA SERVICEUNITTN754 DIGITALLINE CPDATAMODULEDCP LOCALAREADATASETSLOCALAREADATASETSLOCALCOMM.SYSTEMTN722 ON TN767DS1 TIE TRUNK CAPLONG HAUL DCS CONNECTIONSSHORT HAUL DCS CONNECTIONSP ART OF DIGITAL SWITCHEIA 232CEIA 232CEIA 232CCONDITIONEDLEASED LINE9.6 KBPS“DATAPHONE” IISERVICE9.6 KBPSDIGITAL DATASERVICE9.6 KBPSCONDITIONED LEASE LINE9.6 KBPS“DATAPHONE” IISERVICE9.6 KBPSDIGITAL DATASERVICE9.6 KBPSDATATRANSMISSIONVOICE TRANSMISSIONDA TAMODULEDATAMODULEDATAMODULEDATAMODULE

FIGURE 4. G1 and G3i DCS Used in a Long Haul and Short Haul Connection

66


CROSS- CONNECTFIELDTN577 PACKETGATEWAYCPLONG HAUL DCS CONNECTIONS – G3r TO G3rG3r CABINETTN577PACKETGATEWAYCPG3r CABINETDA TASERVICEUNITDATASERVICEUNITCROSS- CONNECTFIELDTN464 32-CHANNELE1 TRUNK CPORTN722 DS1 TIETRUNK CPORTN767 DS1INTERFACE CPCHANNELSERVICEUNITCHANNELSERVICEUNITTN46432-CHANNELE1 TRUNK CPORTN722 DS1 TIETRUNK CPORTN767 DS1INTERFACE CPCROSS- CONNECTFIELDTN577 PACKETGATEWAY CPSWITCHED ONTN46432-CHANNELE1 TRUNK CPORTN722 DS1 TIETRUNK CPORTN767 DS1 INTERFACE CPCHANNELSERVICEUNITCHANNELSERVICEUNITTN577 PACKETGATEWAY CPSWITCHED ONTN46432-CHANNELE1 TRUNK CPORTN722 DS1 TIETRUNK CPORTN767 DS1INTERFACE CPISOLA TINGDATAINTERFACETN577 PACKETGATEWAYCPTN577PACKETGATEWAYCPSHORT HAUL DCS CONNECTIONS – G3r TO G3rCROSS-CONNECTFIELDTN464 32-CHANNELE1 TRUNK CPORTN722 DS1 TIETRUNK CPORTN760(ANALOG) TIETRUNK CPORTN767 DS1INTERFACE CPTN46432-CHANNELE1 TRUNK CPORTN722 DS1 TIETRUNK CPORTN760(ANALOG) TIETRUNK CPORTN767 DS1INTERFACE CP

FIGURE 5. G3r to G3r DCS Used in a Long Haul and Short Haul Connection

67


CROSS- CONNECTFIELDTN577 PACKETGATEWAYCPSHORT HAUL DCS CONNECTIONS – G3r TO G1G3r CABINETG1 CABINETCROSS- CONNECTFIELDTN464 32-CHANNELE1 TRUNK CPORTN722 DS1 TIETRUNK CPORTN767 DS1INTERFACE CPCHANNELSERVICEUNITCHANNELSERVICEUNITTN722 DS1 TIETRUNK CPSWITCHED ONTN767 DS1INTERFACE CPTN765PROCESSORINTERFACE CPSWITCHED ONTN754 DIGITALLINE CP103A ORWALLJACKDA TASERVICEUNITCROSS- CONNECTFIELDDA TASERVICEUNITMPDMCROSS-CONNECTFIELDTN577 PACKETGATEWAYCPTN765PROCESSORINTERFACE CPSWITCHED ONTN754 DIGITALLINE CPMPDM 103A ORWALLJACKCROSS-CONNECTFIELDTN464 32-CHANNELE1 TRUNK CPORTN722 DS1 TIETRUNK CPORTN767 DS1INTERFACE CPORTN760(ANALOG) TIETRUNK CPTN722 DS1 TIETRUNK CPORTN760(ANALOG) TIETRUNK CPORTN767 DS1INTERFACE CP

FIGURE 6. G3r to G1 DCS Used in a Short Haul Connection

68



FIGURE 7. G3r to G2 Traditonal Module DCS Used in a Short Hauland Long Haul Connection

69



FIGURE 8. G3r to G2 Universal Module DCS Used in a Short Hauland Long Haul Connection

70


LONG HAUL DCS + CONNECTIONS – G3r TO G3iG3r CABINETG3i CABINETCROSS- CONNECTFIELDCHANNEL SERVICEUNITCHANNELSERVICEUNITTN765 PROCESSORINTERFACE CPSWITCHED ONTN767 DS1 INTERFACE CPTN46432-CHANNELE1 TRUNK CPLONG HAUL DCS + CONNECTIONS – G3r TO G3rG3r CABINETG3r CABINETCROSS- CONNECTFIELDCHANNEL SERVICEUNITCHANNELSERVICEUNITTN46432-CHANNELE1 TRUNK CPTN464 32-CHANNELE1 TRUNK CP

FIGURE 9. G3r to G3i and G3r to G3r DCS PlusUsed in a Long Haul Connection

71


Traffic Considerations

To determine if traffic engineering calculations should be made for G1 or G3i, consider the follow-ing (for G3r, traffic engineering will be done regardless):

YES NO

Will the number of busy-hour calls meet or exceed 7200(G1) or 10,000 (G3i)?

1 -

Will the call activity be different than the balance of 36%outgoing, 36% incoming, 28% intra-premises (± 10%)?

2 -

Will the trunk (all types) to terminal ratio exceed 50%?3 -

Is ARS requested with more than 425 terminals?4 -

Is DID with Message Center Service requested and arethere more than 425 terminals?

5 -

Will more than 50% of the incoming traffic be handled bythe Attendant?

6 -

Will AUDIX be used?7 -

Will DCS or ISDN-PRI be used?8 -

In most domestic locations, the DOSS/ATTOMS-CPS configurator must be usedfor all DEFINITY G1 and G3 designs. Note carefully any configurator reportmessages associated with the above items that are answered ‘‘yes.’’

72


Network Access Facilities

For each type of facility listed on Table L, enter the quantity in the appropriate block. The GroundStart column is for record and order preparation purposes only.

TABLE L. Network Access Facilitiesbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Quantity IfbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbFacility 1-Way 1-Way 2-Way Ground Total

In Out Startbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb1. LOCAL CENTRAL OFFICE

a. CO Trunks bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb. Personal CO Lines bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbc. Subtotalbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

2. FOREIGN CENTRAL (FX) OFFICEa. CO Trunks bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb. Personal Lines bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbc. Subtotalbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

3. 800 SERVICEa. Band 1 bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb. Band 2 bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbc. Band 3 bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbd. Band 4 bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbe. Band 5 bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbf. Subtotalbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

4. WATSa. Number of WATS lines bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb. Personal Lines (included in a) bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbg. Subtotalbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbcc

cccccccccccccccccccccccccccc







(continued on the next page)

73


TABLE L (continued).Network Access Facilities

bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbQuantity Ifbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Facility 1-Way 1-Way 2-Way Ground TotalIn Out Startbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

5. DIRECT INWARD DIAL (DID) LINESa. DID Lines bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb. Subtotalbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

6. TIE LINES (include DCS)a. Tie Lines (exclude b) bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb. Release Link Trunks bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbc. Subtotalbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

7. DS1 FACILITIES(TN722 or TN767 circuit pack or 464)a. Voice bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb. Alternate Voice/Data bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbc. ISDN PRI (TN767 or 464 circuit pack) bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbe. Subtotalbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

8. PRIVATE LINESa. bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb. bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbc. bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbd. Subtotalbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbcc

ccccccccccccccccccccccccccc







74


Circuit Pack Determination

Terminals, trunks, auxiliary equipment, and customer-provided equipment (CPE) require an inter-face (circuit pack) to be connected to the system.

Note: All circuit packs are referred to by their circuit pack numbers only. Version letters(for example, the ‘‘B’’ in TN750B, the ‘‘C’’ in TN464C) are not included. Assume thelatest version is to be used for all circuit packs.

Any customer-provided equipment that is not FCC-registered requires a 36A Coupler (for music)or 278A adapter (for paging) and a 2012D Transformer. This enables a customer to connect anexternal music or paging system to the switch where the interface may not match exactly.

Determine the types and quantities of circuit packs on the following worksheets, and enter thetotals in Table M. Information required in these worksheets may be obtained from the tables pre-viously filled out in this manual. For a detailed description of the system’s circuit packs, seeDEFINITY Communications System Generic 3—System Description, 555-230-200.

For a G3i, two memory circuit packs are required for simplex systems and four for duplex sys-tems (PEC 63526). For a G3r, the quantity is predetermined at two memory circuit packs, so noplanning is required.

For G3i CallVisor ASAI, one packet control circuit pack (PEC 63533) and one ISDN-BRI circuitpack (PEC 65512) are required for a simplex system. If duplicated with CallVisor ASAI, twopacket control circuit packs plus one TN771 Maintenance circuit pack (PEC 65524) per port net-work are required.

For G3r CallVisor ASAI, the packet control circuit pack(s) and, for duplicated systems, mainte-nance circuit pack are already included in the configuration, so the only circuit pack required fromplanning is one ISDN-BRI circuit pack (PEC 65512).

In G1 and G3i configurations, port networks are connected directly to each other. In G3r, wherethere are four or more port networks, they are connected to the TN573 Switch Node Interface cir-cuit pack, with one TN573 for each port network. The TN573 circuit packs are located in a switchnode carrier, usually the PPN, E Carrier. This configuration, called the Center Stage Switch(CSS), reduces the amount of connections needed between port networks. You can have a CSSfor fewer than four port networks, but it is not recommended unless you anticipate expanding tofour or more port networks.

Each G3r cabinet, including the PPN that contains the CSS, requires an Expansion InterfaceTN570. Only the CSS in the PPN contains a Switch Node Interface TN573 and Switch NodeClock TN572. If one of the cabinets is remoted, both ends of the connection require a DS1 Con-verter TN574. The TN776 Expansion Interface circuit pack cannot be used for the G3r CSS.

Note also that the TN776 Expansion Interface circuit pack is required with ISDN-BRI in the G3i,but cannot be used at all in the G3r. The Expansion Interface circuit pack for the G3r is theTN570.

75


DISK DRIVE (TN1657) (G3r Only)

Enter the number of:

(A) Center Stage Switches (CSSs)

One disk drive only is needed for a simplex G3r system with a CSS. Two are required for dupli-cated systems. Optionally, the disk drive may also be added to increase booting speed.

PEC____ 63324

PACKET DATA LINE (TN553) (G3r Only)

Every time you have a TN553, you’ll need at least 1 TN726 port.


(A) CDR Ports(B) Serial printer(C) Manager 1 switch connected (instead of EIA-232 connected)(D) Property Management System(E) TN750 Announcement circuit pack(F) BCMS Terminal(G) G3r-MA Terminal

PECTOTAL PORTS ____ ÷ 12 = ____ 63318

76


ISDN-BRI LINE (TN556)


(A) 7505 ISDN-BRI voice terminals(B) 7506 ISDN-BRI voice terminals(C) 7507 ISDN-BRI voice terminals(D) 8503T ISDN-BRI voice terminals(E) CallVisor ASAI adjuncts

PECTOTAL PORTS ____ ÷ 12 = ____ 65512

Note: Using a passive bus arrangement, you can have up to 24 voice terminals per circuitpack. However, the terminals would have to be voice only.

77


PACKET GATEWAY (TN577) (G3r Only)


(A) AUDIX Data Links(B) 3B Applications (CMS, MSA, CallVisor ISDN Gateway)(C) DCSs Between Switches

PECTOTAL PORTS ____ ÷ 4 = ____ 63317

78


ANALOG LINE (TN742)

If you are reusing a TN742 from an earlier system, enter the number of:

(A) 7100 Series Sets...................................................................................................... ____(B) 2500/2554-Type Sets (On Premises)........................................................................ ____(C) 2500/2554-Type Off-Premises Extensions................................................................ ____(D) 2500-Type Sets with Message Waiting

Indicator/Recall capability......................................................................................... ____(E) Rotary Dial Telephones (500-Type) .......................................................................... ____(F) 510As....................................................................................................................... ____(G) Recorded Announcement Lines ............................................................................... ____(H) Teleconferencing Lines

(QUORUM teleconferencing equipment or CPE) ................................................... ____(I) Lines Equipped With Modems Only ........................................................................... ____(J) External Pooled Modems .......................................................................................... ____(K) Queue Warning Lamps (for UCD/DDC) .................................................................... ____(L) Loudspeaker Paging Access Lines ........................................................................... ____(M) Code Calling Access Lines ...................................................................................... ____(N) Radio Paging Access Lines (Requiring Tip and Ring only)........................................ ____(O) Recorded Telephone Dictation Lines

(Requiring Tip and Ring only)................................................................................... ____(P) Analog Lines for other CPE ...................................................................................... ____(Q) Line for TAAS External Alert .................................................................................... ____(R) Future Growth.......................................................................................................... ____

PECTOTAL PORTS ____ ÷ 8 = ____ 63111

Additional information on analog line characteristics is in the following table.

79


bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbAnalog Line Circuit Packsbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Feature TN742 TN769 TN746 TN746B TN479bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbNumber of Ports 8 8 16 16 16bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbNeon Message Waiting Indicators No Yes Yes Yes YesbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbLED Terminals Yes Yes Yes Yes YesbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbFeed Voltage -48 V -48 V -24 V -48 V -24VbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbHard Bridging Yes Yes No Yes NobbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbStation Adjunct Yes Yes No Yes NobbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbSecondary Lightning Protection Yes Yes No Yes NobbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbSame Premises—Out-of-Building Yes Yes No Yes NobbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbTerminals 500-Type 500-Type 500-Type 500-Type 500-Type

2500-Type 2500-Type 2500-Type 2500-Type 2500-Type7100 Series 7100 Series 7102A* 7100 Series 7100 Seriesbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Range With 500-Type/ 20,000 20,000 3,100 20,000 3,000

2500-Type/7102A Terminals† Feet Feet Feet Feet Feet

(24-Gauge Wire)bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbRange With 7101A/7103A 15,200 15,200 Not 15,200 NotTerminals Feet Feet Supported Feet Supported(24-Gauge Wire)bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbRinger Loads 3 3 3 3 3bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbSimultaneous Ports Ringing 4 4 4 8 † 4Ringingbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbcc








aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa* The TN746 circuit pack supports the 7102A terminal, but does not support the 7101A or 7103A terminals.

† The TN746B circuit pack allows ringing on four ports of each half of the circuit pack (for a maximum of eightsimultaneous ports ringing). A user attempting to ring one half of the circuit pack when all four ports are busy receivesthe busy tone.

80


CALL CLASSIFIER (TN744)

Eight touch-tone receiver ports are provided on each TN744 Call Classifier circuit pack. TheTN744 circuit pack is used exclusively for receiving touch-tone input for the Call Promptingfeature, classifying outgoing calls for the Answer Detection feature, and classifying outgoing callsfor an outgoing call management system. Each of these are optional features that must be prop-erly engineered. A maximum of 10 TN744 may be used in a G3i or G3r system (TN744 is notsupported in G1).

Enter the number of:(A) Touch-tone receivers for Call Prompting .................................................................. ____(B) Touch-tone receivers for Answer Detection .............................................................. ____(C) Touch-tone receivers for outbound call management ............................................... ____

PECTOTAL PORTS ____ ÷ 8 = ____ 63532

81


ANALOG LINE (TN746)






PECTOTAL PORTS ____ ÷ 16 = ____ 63136

For additional information on analog line circuit pack characteristics, see ‘‘Analog Line (TN742).’’

82


ANALOG LINE (TN479 - For International DEFINITY G1 Only)






PECTOTAL PORTS ____ ÷ 16 = ____ 63803I


83


ANALOG LINE (TN769)

This circuit pack is used for voice terminals with neon message waiting lamps.

If you are reusing a TN769 from an earlier system, enter the number of:

(A) 7100 Series Sets...................................................................................................... ____(B) 2500/2554-Type Sets (On Premises)........................................................................ ____(C) 2500-Type Sets with Message Waiting

Indicator/Recall capability......................................................................................... ____(D) Rotary Dial Telephones (500-Type).......................................................................... ____(E) 510As ...................................................................................................................... ____(F) Recorded Announcement Lines (Max 10) ................................................................. ____(G) Teleconferencing Lines (Max 28)

(QUORUM teleconferencing equipment or CPE) ................................................... ____(H) Lines Equipped With Modems Only.......................................................................... ____(I) External Pooled Modems........................................................................................... ____(J) Queue Warning Lamps (for UCD/DDC)..................................................................... ____(K) Loudspeaker Paging Access Lines ........................................................................... ____(L) Code Calling Access Lines ....................................................................................... ____(M) Radio Paging Access Lines (Requiring Tip and Ring only) ....................................... ____(N) Recorded Telephone Dictation Lines

(Requiring Tip and Ring only)................................................................................... ____(O) Analog Lines for other CPE...................................................................................... ____(P) Line for TAAS External Alert ..................................................................................... ____(Q) Future Growth.......................................................................................................... ____

PECTOTAL PORTS ____ ÷ 8 = ____ 63142


84


AUXILIARY TRUNK (TN763)


(A) Trunks for Code Calling (Max 10) ............................................................................. ____(B) Trunks for Loudspeaker Paging Access (Max 10) (See Note) ................................... ____(C) Trunks for Recorded Telephone Dictation................................................................. ____(D) Music-on-Hold (Max 1) ............................................................................................. ____(E) Trunks for other CPE (Audichron)............................................................................. ____(F) Future Growth .......................................................................................................... ____(G) (G3r Only) Malicious Call Trace................................................................................ ____(H) (G3r Only) Recorded Announcements...................................................................... ____

PECTOTAL PORTS ____ ÷ 4 = ____ 63118

Note: A 278A adapter and power supply is required for each paging zone, unless PagePacpaging system equipment is used.

CENTRAL OFFICE TRUNK (TN747)

Enter the number of lines that will terminate as either trunk lines or as personal lines:

(A) CO Lines.................................................................................................................. ____(B) WATS Lines ............................................................................................................. ____(C) 800 Service Lines .................................................................................................... ____(D) FX Lines .................................................................................................................. ____(E) Future Growth .......................................................................................................... ____

PECTOTAL PORTS ____ ÷ 8 = ____ 63115

85


CENTRAL OFFICE LOOP START TRUNK (TN465 - For International DEFINITY Only)

Enter the number of lines that will terminate as either trunk lines or as personal lines:

(A) CO Lines.................................................................................................................. ____(B) WATS Lines ............................................................................................................. ____(C) 800 Service Lines .................................................................................................... ____(D) FX Lines .................................................................................................................. ____(E) Future Growth .......................................................................................................... ____

PECTOTAL PORTS ____ ÷ 8 = ____ 63801I

DATA LINE (TN726)


(A) EIA-232C Terminals/ADUs ....................................................................................... ____(B) EIA-232C Host Computer Ports/ADUs ..................................................................... ____(C) (G3r Only) System Access Ports .............................................................................. ____

PECTOTAL PORTS ____ ÷ 8 = ____ 63130

86


DIGITAL LINE (TN754B)


(A) 7401D Terminals...................................................................................................... ____(B) 7403D Terminals...................................................................................................... ____(C) 7404D Terminals...................................................................................................... ____(D) 7405D Terminals...................................................................................................... ____(E) 7406D Terminals...................................................................................................... ____(F) 7407D Terminals ...................................................................................................... ____(G) 7410D Terminals...................................................................................................... ____(H) 7434D Terminals...................................................................................................... ____(I) 7444 Terminals.......................................................................................................... ____(j) 7400A & BaData Modules.......................................................................................... ____(I) CallMaster (602A1)................................................................................................. ____(J) PDM/MPDM ............................................................................................................. ____(K) TDM/MTDM ............................................................................................................. ____(L) Attendant Consoles (Max 7, 6 Day + 1 Night) ........................................................... ____(M) Personal Terminal 510D .......................................................................................... ____(N) 515 BCT .................................................................................................................. ____(O) External Pooled Modems ......................................................................................... ____(P) Future Growth .......................................................................................................... ____

PECTOTAL PORTS ____ ÷ 8 = ____ 63114

87


DIRECT INWARD DIALING TRUNK (TN753)


(A) DID Trunks............................................................................................................... ____(B) Future Growth .......................................................................................................... ____

PECTOTAL PORTS ____ ÷ 8 = ____ 63116

DIRECT INWARD AND OUTWARD DIALING (DIOD) TRUNK(TN429 - For International DEFINITY G1 Only)


(A) DIOD Trunks ............................................................................................................ ____(B) Future Growth .......................................................................................................... ____

PECTOTAL PORTS ____ ÷ 8 = ____ 63802I

88


DS1 TIE TRUNK (TN722)

If you are reusing a TN722 circuit pack from an earlier system, enter the number of:

(A) Voice Grade Data Tie Trunks * ................................................................................. ____(B) Alternate Voice/Data Tie Trunks *............................................................................. ____(C) DMI Tie Trunks * ...................................................................................................... ____(D) Release Link Trunks ................................................................................................ ____(E) Future Growth .......................................................................................................... ____

PECTOTAL PORTS ____÷23/24*= ____ 63122

DS1 TIE TRUNK (TN767 - For G1 only)


(A) Voice Grade Data Tie Trunks † ................................................................................ ____(B) Alternate Voice/Data Tie Trunks † ............................................................................ ____(C) DMI Tie Trunks † ..................................................................................................... ____(D) ISDN PRI Trunks † .................................................................................................. ____(E) DID Trunks............................................................................................................... ____(F) DOD Trunks ............................................................................................................. ____(G) Off Premises Extensions.......................................................................................... ____(H) Release Link Trunks ................................................................................................ ____(I) Future Growth ........................................................................................................... ____

PECTOTAL PORTS ____÷23/24*= ____ 63156

aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa* A ÷ 24, B & C ÷ 23; a common circuit pack cannot be used for both AVD and DMI.

† A ÷ 24, B, C, & D ÷ 23; a common circuit pack cannot be used for AVD, DMI, and ISDN.

89


32-CHANNEL E1 TRUNK (TN464 - For International DEFINITY G1 and G3r)


(A) Voice Grade Data Tie Trunks * ................................................................................. ____(B) Alternate Voice/Data Tie Trunks *............................................................................. ____(C) DMI Tie Trunks * ...................................................................................................... ____(D) ISDN PRI Trunks * ................................................................................................... ____(E) DID Trunks............................................................................................................... ____(F) DIOD Trunks ............................................................................................................ ____(G) DOD Trunks............................................................................................................. ____(H) Off Premises Extensions .......................................................................................... ____(I) Release Link Trunks .................................................................................................. ____(J) Future Growth........................................................................................................... ____

PECTOTAL PORTS ____÷30/32*= ____ 63804I

Note: 30 channels can be used for voice or data when one channel is used for inbound sig-naling and one for frame alignment and network management. In situations where noinbound signaling channel is required, 31 channels can be used for voice or data.

aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa* A ÷ 32, B, C, & D ÷ 30 or 31; a common circuit pack cannot be used for AVD, DMI, and ISDN.

90


HYBRID LINE (TN762)


(A) 7303S Terminals ...................................................................................................... ____(B) 7305S Terminals ...................................................................................................... ____(C) 7302H Terminals...................................................................................................... ____(D) 7303H Terminals...................................................................................................... ____(E) 7305H01B Terminals (4122) administered as 7305S Terminals ............................... ____(F) 7305H02B Terminals (4170) administered as 7305S Terminals ............................... ____(G) 7305H03B Terminals ............................................................................................... ____(H) Future Growth.......................................................................................................... ____

PECTOTAL PORTS ____ ÷ 8 = ____ 63113

ANNOUNCEMENT (TN750)


(A) Announcement Ports................................................................................................ ____(B) Future Growth .......................................................................................................... ____

PECTOTAL PORTS ____ ÷ 16 = ____ 63141

Note: Only one TN750 circuit pack per system. The TN750 circuit pack should only beused in the Control Carrier which provides battery backup and reduces the chance oflosing the announcements.

POOLED MODEM (TN758)


(A) Pooled Modems ....................................................................................................... ____(B) Pooled Modems for growth....................................................................................... ____

PECTOTAL PORTS ____ ÷ 2 = ____ 63119

91


MET LINE (TN735)

Enter the number of METs:

(A) 10 Button ................................................................................................................. ____(B) 20 Button ................................................................................................................. ____(C) 30 Button ................................................................................................................. ____(D) Future Growth.......................................................................................................... ____

PECTOTAL PORTS ____ ÷ 4 = ____ 63112

SPEECH SYNTHESIZER (TN725)


(A) Speech Synthesizer Ports ........................................................................................ ____(B) Future Growth .......................................................................................................... ____

PECTOTAL PORTS ____ ÷ 4 = ____ 63128

TIE TRUNK (ANALOG) (TN760)


(A) Tie Trunks (Including Release Link Trunks) .............................................................. ____(B) Future Growth .......................................................................................................... ____

PECTOTAL PORTS ____ ÷ 4 = ____ 63117

92


TONE CLOCK (TN768)

For G1 and G3, Tone Clock TN768 is always required instead of TN741 or TN714. G1 and G3multi-carrier cabinets ship with a TN768 as part of the basic PEC. G1 single-carrier cabinets shipwith a TN756 as part of the basic PEC. When a G1 single-carrier cabinet system has the dupli-cation option, EPN, DS1 service, or OCM, a TN768 Tone Clock (PEC 65515) is required.

When either a TN741 or TN768 is used, the Tone Detector must be the TN748.

TONE CLOCK (TN780)

The TN780 connects and monitors an optional external Stratum 3 clock. The TN780 also cou-ples the Stratum 3 clock’s output to local clocks. Only the processor carrier, which supplies mas-ter timing to the system, uses this circuit pack. The TN780 provides the following tones: call pro-gress, touch tones, answer-back, and trunk transmission test. It also provides the followingclocks: 2MHz, 160kHz, and 8kHz. This circuit pack can transmit the system clock and tones oneither TDM bus A, TDM bus B, or both buses.

TONE DETECTOR (TN748)

Two Call Progress Tone Receiver (CPTR) ports are provided on each TN748 Tone Detector cir-cuit pack alongside the four Touch-Tone Receiver ports. CPTRs are required to provide dial tonedetection for the enhanced Automatic Route Selection, Terminal Dialing, Abbreviated Dialing, andLast Number Dialed features. High usage of Terminal Dialing to locations outside the systemmay require a greater number of CPTRs and should be referred to your Technical Service Center(TSC) for review.

Note that up to 20 TN748s my be used in G1 systems, up to 10 in G3i systems, and up to 50 inG3r systems.

In the following calculations, do not include TN748s that are provided as standard equipment.

Note: For G1 single-carrier systems, the TN768 Tone Clock circuit pack is used instead ofthe TN756 Tone Detector/Generator circuit pack when the duplication option, DS1Tie Trunk (TN722), or DS1 Interface (TN767) circuit packs or ISDN-PRI is used.


(A) Touch-Tone Receivers ............................................................................................ ____

SUBTOTAL A ÷ 4 = ____

(B) Call Progress Receivers .......................................................................................... ____

SUBTOTAL B ÷ 2 = ____

PECENTER LARGER OF SUBTOTALS ____ 63123

93


TABLE M. Summation of Interface Circuit Packsbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Circuit Pack Description PEC QuantitybbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbTN429 DIOD Dialing Trunk 63802I(Int’l Only)bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbTN464 32-Channel E1 Trunk 63804I(Int’l and G3r)bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbTN465 CO Loop Start Trunk 63801I(Int’l Only)bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbTN479 Analog Line 63803I(Int’l Only)bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbTN553 Packet Data Line 63318bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbTN556 ISDN-BRI Line 65512bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbTN577 Packet Gateway 63317bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbTN722 DS1 Tie Trunk 63122bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbTN725 Speech Synthesizer 63128bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbTN726 Data Line 63130bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbTN735 MET Line 63112bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbTN741 Tone Clock 63127bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbTN744 Call Classifier 63532bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbTN746 Analog Line (16) 63136bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbTN747 CO Trunk 63115bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbTN748 Tone Detector 63123bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbTN750 Announcement 63141bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbTN753 DID Trunk 63116bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbTN754 Digital Line 63114bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbTN758 Pooled Modem 63119bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbTN760 Tie Trunk 63117bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbTN762 Hybrid Line 63113bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbTN763 Auxiliary Trunk 63118bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbTN765 Processor Interface 63153bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbTN767 DS1 Interface 63156bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbTN768 Tone Clock 65515bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbTN780 Tone Clock 63137(Int’l Only)bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbTN574 cc


DS1 Converter ccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccc

63327bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbTOTAL CIRCUIT PACKSbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbcc

ccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccc



94


Software Determination

Table N provides a listing of system software PEC codes.

TABLE N. System Software PEC Codesbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Description G1 PEC G3i PEC G3r PECbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbBasic Voice Applications Software 1233VAS 1236VAS 1263VAS

(always required)

CallVisor Adjunct Switch Application Interface 1236ASB 1263ASBAuthorization Codes 1233AUC 1236AUC 1263AUCAutomatic Call Distribution 1233ACD 1236ACD 1263ACD

Automatic Route Selection 1233AR 1236AR 1263ARSBasic Call Management System Measurements 1233BCM 1236BCM 1263BCMCall Vectoring Basic 1236CVB 1263CVB

Call Vectoring Prompting 1236CVP 1263CVPCall Work Codes 1236CWC 1263CWCCentralized Attendant Service (Branch) 1233CAS 1236CAS 1263CAS

Centralized Attendant Service (Main) 1233CAM 1236CAM 1263CAMDistributed Communications System 1233DCS 1236DCS 1263DCSEmergency Access to Attendant 1233VAS 1236VAS 1263VAS

Enhanced Abbreviated Dialing 1233EAD 1236EAD 1263EADForced Entry of Account Codes 1233FEA 1236FEA 1263FEAHospitality Services 1233VAS 1236VAS 1263VASISDN-PRI 1236PRI 1263PRI

Look Ahead Interflow 1236LAI 1263LAISID/ANI 1233PRIcircuit packN/BN 1236PRI 1263PRIPrivate Networking (AAR) 1233PNA 1236PNA 1263PNA

Service Observing 1233VAS 1236VAS 1263VASUniform Dial Plan 1233UDP 1236UDP 1263UDPbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbcc

cccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccc





95


Cabinet Determination (DEFINITY Generic 1 and Generic 3)

DEFINITY Communications Systems G1 and G3 have a duplication option for the control cabinet(that is, control circuits are duplicated). These systems also have an option for duplicating theexpansion cabinet (that is, a second port cabinet can be added). A DEFINITY system is orderedaccording to the need for duplication, the number of ports required, and future growth expecta-tions.

For DEFINITY systems with multi-carrier cabinet(s), the cabinet that contains the control circuits(duplicated or unduplicated) is called the Processor Port Network (PPN). The PPN provides upto 89 port slots. If a second cabinet is required for additional ports, the cabinet is referred to asan Expansion Port Network (EPN).

Note: For G3r, the PPN is only supported by the multi-carrier cabinet. EPNs in G3r canuse the single-carrier cabinets.

In a DEFINITY system with single-carrier cabinet(s), the stack of one to four cabinets thatincludes the control circuits is called the PPN (G1 and G3i only). The PPN also contains up to 64port slots. If an additional stack of one to four cabinets is required, the stack is referred to as anEPN.

G1 and G3i systems that contain both a PPN and an EPN must be connected by way of expan-sion interface circuits located in port slots in the PPN and EPN using fiber-optic cables.

The G3r uses a Center Stage Switch (CSS) for interconnections when there are four or more portnetworks (PPNs and EPNs). In this case, each port network’s TN570 Expansion Interface andfiber module is connected by fiber-optic cable to a TN573 Switch Node Interface in a switch node.The CSS can consist of multiple switch nodes, in which case those switch nodes are intercon-nected by fiber-optic cables. When there are fewer than four port networks, the PPNs and EPNsare connected in the same fashion as for G1 and G3i. You can have a CSS for fewer than fourport networks, but it is not recommended unless you anticipate expanding the system to four ormore port networks. The TN573 Switch Node Interface circuit packs are usually installed in the ECarrier of the PPN.

Note: Although port networks can be interconnected using fiber-optic cable for G3r in thesame fashion as for G1 and G3i, it is more cost-effective and it is required, wherethere are four or more port networks involved, to use the CSS.

The mixing of multi-carrier and single-carrier cabinets in an equipment configuration is allowed.For example, a fully equipped multi-carrier PPN that requires a few additional ports can be sup-plemented by one single-carrier EPN cabinet. Such an arrangement would be more economicalthan adding a multi-carrier EPN cabinet equipped with only one carrier.

96


Multi-Carrier Cabinet Configuration

A multi-carrier cabinet configuration can be selected from the following equipment arrangements.The G3r data is given in the following table separately from the G1 and G3i data.

The G3r data has special considerations and limitations:

d The PPN cabinet is the first cabinet and is available only in the multi-carrier cabinet.

d The PPN cabinet supports only one port network.

d The PPN cabinet is configured with three different carriers:

— Processor Carrier - Minimum of one, maximum of two

— Switch Node Carrier - One or two, depending on connectivity duplication

— Port Carrier - Minimum of one, maximum of four

d The Switch Node Carrier can only be configured in a multi-carrier cabinet.

d The EPN is available in both the single- and multi-carrier cabinet.bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Max Attribute AttributeCarriers Port Slots* PEC for AC for DCbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

PPN Without DuplicationControl A + Port B 29 (28) 6300-05A PRC02 PRC04Control A + Ports B, C 49 (48) 6300-05B PRC02 PRC04Control A + Ports B, C, D 69 (68) 6300-05C PRC02 PRC04Control A + Ports B, C, D, E 89 (88) 6300-05D PRC02 PRC04G3r Control A + Ports B, C, D, E(No CSS) 80 6300-07D PRC02 PRC04G3r Control A + Ports B, C, D(E - With CSS) 60 6300-07C PRC02 PRC04

63310bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbEPN Without Duplication (adds to PPN)

Expansion Control A 18 63501Exp. Control A + Port B 38 63502 PRC02 PRC04Exp. Control A + Ports B, C 58 63503 PRC02 PRC04Exp. Control A + Ports B, C, D 78 63504 PRC02 PRC04Exp. Control A + Ports B, C, D, E 98 63505 PRC02 PRC04G3r Control A + Ports B, C, D, E(No CSS) 98 63505 PRC02 PRC04G3r Control A + Ports B, C, D, E(With Simplex Switch Node Carriers) 78 63505 PRC02 PRC04G3r Control A + Ports B, C, D, E(With Duplicate Switch Node Carriers) 58 63505 PRC02 PRC04bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbcc

cccccccccccccccccccccccccccc






aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa* Figures in ( ) are maximum PPN slots when the system has EPN.

97


bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbMax Attribute

Carriers Port Slots* PEC for AC for DCbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbPPN With Duplication

Duplication Equipment 63201Control A + Dup. Control B 18 (16) 6300-05A PRC03 PRC05Control A + Dup. B + Port C 38 (36) 6300-05B PRC03 PRC05Control A + Dup. B + Ports C, D 58 (56) 6300-05C PRC03 PRC05Control A + Dup. B + Ports C, D, E 78 (76) 6300-05D PRC03 PRC05G3r Control A + Dup. B + Ports B,C, D, E (No CSS) 60 6300-07D PRC03 PRC05G3r Control A + Dup. B + Ports B,C, D (E-With CSS, Dup. Processor Only) 40 6300-07C PRC03 PRC05G3r Control A + Dup. B + Ports B,C, D (E-With CSS, Fully Dup.) 40 6300-07C PRC03 PRC05bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

EPN With Duplication (adds to PPN)Duplication Equipment 63202Exp. Control A + Port B 36 63502 PRC03 PRC05Exp. Control A + Ports B, C 56 63503 PRC03 PRC05Exp. Control A + Ports B, C, D 76 63504 PRC03 PRC05Exp. Control A + Ports B, C, D, E 96 63505 PRC03 PRC05G3r Control A + Ports B, C, D, E(Two port networks, port network above fans) 59 63505 PRC03 PRC05(Two port networks, port network below fans) 40 63505 PRC03 PRC05bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbcc








98


Single-Carrier Cabinet Configuration

A single-carrier cabinet configuration can be selected from the following equipment arrange-ments. The G3r data is given in the following table separately from the G1 and G3i data.

Note: The G3r PPN is only available as a multi-carrier cabinet. The G3r EPN is, however,available in single-carrier cabinets.

bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbMax

Cabinets Port Slots* PEC AttributebbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbPPN Without Duplication

Control A 10 (9) 6300-06A TNC01-DControl A + Port B 28 (27) 6300-06B PRC02-D

TNC01-DControl A + Ports B, C 46 (45) 6300-06C PRC02-D

TNC01Control A + Ports B, C, D 64 (63) 6300-06D PRC02-D

TNC01bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbEPN Without Duplication (adds to PPN)

Expansion Control A 16 63601 PRC02-DExp. Control A + Port B 34 63602 PRC02-DExp. Control A + Ports B, C 52 63603 PRC02-DExp. Control A + Ports B, C, D 70 63604 PRC02-DG3r Expansion Control A 17 63601 PRC02-DG3r Exp. Control A + Port B 35 63602 PRC02-DG3r Exp. Control A + Ports B, C 53 63603 PRC02-DG3r Exp. Control A + Ports B, C, D 71 63604 PRC02-Dbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

PPN With DuplicationDuplication Equipment 63201Control A + Dup. Control B 20 (18) 6300-06B PRC03

TNC02Control A + Dup. Control B + Port C 38 (36) 6300-06C PRC03

TNC02Control A + Dup. Control B + Ports C, D 56 (54) 6300-06D PRC03

TNC02bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbEPN With Duplication (adds to PPN)

Duplication Equipment 63202Exp. Control A + Port B 32 63602 PRC03Exp. Control A + Ports B, C 50 63603 PRC03Exp. Control A + Ports B, C, D 68 63604 PRC03bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbcc

cccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccc






99


Ordering Information

Enter the quantities of equipment to be ordered on the Order Summary Sheet which follows(make additional copies of the sheet if needed). The sheets, when completed, can be attached tothe order. Use the information listed on the various tables in the manual to complete the entries.

To ensure all equipment and facilities are ordered, complete the following checklist.

Are the following pieces of equipment/facilities required and have they been ordered oraddressed?

Required OrderedYes No Yes No

DEFINITY cabinet(s) (1 required)

Circuit packs (required)

System adjuncts (See Note 1)

Attendant Console(s)

Manager I Terminal(s) (G1)

G3-Management Terminal(s) (G3)

Terminals (voice & data) (See Note 2)

Terminal adjuncts (See Note 3)

Trunk facilities (local & special)

Network Interface

Switch/Terminal wiring, cable access panel, power failuretransfer arrangements (Contact Premises Service Consul-tants)

Notes:

1. System Adjuncts: Printers, Local Storage Units, Queue Warning Lamps, Adjunct Proces-sors, Call Detail Recorders, TELESEER CDR

2. Terminals: Voice Terminals (2500, 7100, 7300, 7400D Series, and CallMaster-602A1)Data Terminals, Data Sets, Data Modules (PDM/MPDM, TDM/MTDM, 7400A, 7400B,7500B, BCTs, Z3A-ADU)

3. Terminal Adjuncts: Cords, Speakerphones, Modules (DDM, FKM, CCM, DTDM), DCpower for modules, Amplifier handsets, Headsets/Adapters)

100


ORDER SUMMARY SHEETbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

PriceElement

Code(PEC) Description Quantitybbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb














bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccc




101

aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

General

This section provides information about the floor and wall space required for system and associ-ated peripheral equipment installed in the equipment room. Specifications for temperature, humi-dity, air purity, and lighting levels are also included.

Floor Plans and Layouts

Floor plan arrangements will vary depending on the size and shape of the equipment room andthe amount of growth planned for the system. Typical floor plans are shown in Figures 10, 11,12, and 13. DEFINITY Generic 1 and DEFINITY Generic 3 can have either one system cabinet(PPN) or two system cabinets (PPN and EPN) plus an auxiliary cabinet in some cases.

The wall behind the system cabinet must be clear of all objects (pictures, shelves, or windows)that are not required in the system installation. The entire area behind the cabinet must bereserved for the cross-connect field and the cable access panel (when provided). Also, room forsystem growth should be considered.

Floor Loading

The type of system cabinet determines the floor loading requirement.

With Multi-Carrier Cabinet(s)

The floor must have a commercial floor loading code of at least 50 pounds per square foot. Afully loaded multi-carrier cabinet weighs about 800 pounds. Thus, a free maintenance area of atleast 16 square feet is required for each cabinet.

With Single-Carrier Cabinet(s)

One single-carrier cabinet weighs about 130 pounds, a fully loaded two-cabinet system weighsabout 255 pounds, a fully loaded three-cabinet system weighs about 380 pounds, and a four-cabinet system weighs about 500 pounds. Since the floor must have a commercial floor loadingcode of at least 50 pounds per square foot, a free maintenance area of at least 10 square feet isrequired for a four-cabinet system.

103

ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa

Earthquake Protection

When earthquake or disaster bracing is required by law, or when local engineering feels thatbracing is necessary, the system cabinet can be bolted to the floor. Figure 14 shows the zonesin the North American continent where bracing may be desirable.

Note: A greater susceptibility of an area to earthquakes is indicated by a higher number inFigure 14. In the United States, 0 represents the lowest susceptibility and 4represents the highest. In Canada, 0 represents the lowest susceptibility and 3represents the highest.

Refer to the DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1 and Generic 3—Installation andTest, 555-230-104 manual for details regarding the installation of earthquake bracing.

Floor Space

The floor space requirements in the equipment room vary for each system.


The following system equipment and optional peripheral equipment occupies floor space in theequipment room (Figure 10):

d System Cabinet and Cable Slack Manager—The system cabinet is 27 inches wide and22 inches deep. A single cabinet is about 20 inches high, a two-cabinet system is 39inches high, a three-cabinet system is 58 inches high, and a four-cabinet system is 77inches high. The cable slack manager requires 38 inches between the cabinet and wall.The system cabinets and cable slack manager occupy about 8 square feet of floor space.


The following system equipment and optional peripheral equipment occupies floor space in theequipment room (Figures 11, 12, and 13):

d System Cabinet and Cable Slack Manager—The system cabinet is 32 inches wide and28 inches deep. The cabinet is 70 inches high. The cable slack manager requires 38inches between the cabinet and wall. Each cabinet (including the door opening) andcable slack manager occupy about 22 square feet of floor space.

d Auxiliary Cabinet—The auxiliary cabinet is 32 inches wide, 24 inches deep, and 70inches high. This cabinet (including the door opening and maintenance area behind thecabinet) occupies about 22 square feet of floor space.

104


PRINTER (OPTIONAL)MANAGER ITERMINALPROCESSOR PORTNETWORKCABINET(S)(FRONT)CABLE SLACKMANAGER(NOTE 6)CROSS-CONNECTFIELDCHAIRNOTES 3 AND 4TRUNK/AUXILIARYFIELD (NOTE 5)WALLNOTES:POWER OUTLETS SHOULD BE LOCATED OUTSIDE THE CROSS-CONNECT FIELD AREA.POWER OUTLET(S) MUST NOT BE UNDER SWITCH CONTROL AND MUST NOT BE SHAREDWITH OTHER EQUIPMENT.PROCESSOR PORT NETWORK CABINETS REQUIRE A SPECIAL 120-VOLT, 60-HZ, 15-AMPOR 20-AMP POWER OUTLET (NEMA 5-15 OR NEMA 5-20 RECEPTACLE, OR EQUIVALENT).SYSTEM MUST BE GROUNDED BY ONE OF THE APPROVED METHODS LISTED IN THIS SECTION.EARTHQUAKE PROTECTION MAY BE REQUIRED.THE TRUNK/AUXILIARY FIELD MAY BE LOCATED WITHIN THE CROSS-CONNECT FIELD.EACH SCC USES 10-FOOT B25A CABLES FROM THE A AND B CABINET POSITIONS AND 15-FOOTB25A CABLES FROM THE C AND D CABINET POSITIONS. FIBER CONNECTIONS BETWEEN PORTNETWORKS USE 20-FOOT (FL2P-P-20) FIBER CABLE.NOTES 1 AND 21.

2.3.4.5.6.32” 27”22”TABLE40”

FIGURE 10. Typical Single-Carrier Cabinet Floor PlanWith Processor Port Network Only

105


PRINTER (OPTIONAL)MANAGER ITERMINALCHAIRTRUNK/AUXILIARYFIELD (NOTE 7)WALLNOTES:POWER OUTLETS MUST NOT BE UNDER SWITCH CONTROL, MUST NOT BE SHARED WITH OTHEREQUIPMENT, AND SHOULD BE LOCATED OUTSIDE THE CROSS-CONNECT FIELD AREA.PROCESSOR PORT NETWORK CABINET REQUIRES A SPECIAL 120-VOLT, 60-HZ, 50-AMP POWEROUTLET (NEMA 5-50R RECEPTACLE, OR EQUIVALENT).AUXILIARY CABINET REQUIRES A SPECIAL 120-VOLT, 60-HZ, 20-AMP POWER OUTLET(NEMA 5-20R RECEPTACLE, OR EQUIVALENT).ALLOW AT LEAST 36 INCHES (91.4CM) OF SPACE IN FRONT OF CABINET TO PERMIT DOOR TOSWING OPEN.SYSTEM MUST BE GROUNDED BY ONE OF THE APPROVED METHODS.EARTHQUAKE PROTECTION MAY BE REQUIRED.THE TRUNK/AUXILIARY FIELD MAY BE LOCATED WITHIN THE CROSS-CONNECT FIELD.EACH MCC CABINET USES 10-FOOT B25A CABLES FROM THE D AND E CABINET POSITIONS AND15-FOOT B25A CABLES FROM THE A, B, AND C CABINET POSITIONS. FIBER CONNECTIONSBETWEEN PORT NETWORKS USE 20-FOOT (FL2P-P-20) FIBER CABLE.NOTES 1 AND 31.2.3.4.5.6.7.8.T ABLENOTES 1 AND 2CABLE SLACKMANAGER(NOTE 8)Z113ACABLE SLACKMANAGER(OPTIONAL)Z113APROCESSORPORTNETWORKCABINET(FRONT)AUXILIARY CABINET(OPTIONAL)NOTES 4,5, AND 632” 32”28”28” 38”CROSS-CONNECT FIELD (EXTEND AS REQUIRED)

FIGURE 11. Typical Multi-Carrier Cabinet Floor PlanWith Processor Port Network and Auxiliary Cabinet

106


PRINTER (OPTIONAL)MANAGER ITERMINALCHAIRTRUNK/AUXILIARYFIELD (NOTE 7)WALLNOTES:POWER OUTLETS MUST NOT BE UNDER SWITCH CONTROL, MUST NOT BE SHARED WITH OTHEREQUIPMENT, AND SHOULD BE LOCATED OUTSIDE THE CROSS-CONNECT FIELD AREA.PROCESSOR PORT NETWORK AND EXPANSION PORT NETWORK CABINETS REQUIRE SPECIAL120-VOLT, 60-HZ, 50-AMP POWER OUTLETS (NEMA 5-50R RECEPTACLE, OR EQUIVALENT).AUXILIARY AND AP CABINETS REQUIRE A SPECIAL 120-VOLT, 60-HZ, 20-AMP POWER OUTLET(NEMA 5-20R RECEPTACLE, OR EQUIVALENT).ALLOW AT LEAST 36 INCHES (91.4CM) OF SPACE IN FRONT OF CABINET TO PERMIT DOOR TOSWING OPEN.SYSTEM MUST BE GROUNDED BY ONE OF THE APPROVED METHODS.EARTHQUAKE PROTECTION MAY BE REQUIRED.THE TRUNK/AUXILIARY FIELD MAY BE LOCATED WITHIN THE CROSS-CONNECT FIELD.EACH MCC CABINET USES 10-FOOT B25A CABLES FROM THE D AND E CABINET POSITIONS AND15-FOOT B25A CABLES FROM THE A, B, AND C CABINET POSITIONS. FIBER CONNECTIONSBETWEEN PORT NETWORKS USE 20-FOOT (FL2P-P-20) FIBER CABLE.NOTES 1 AND 31.2.3.4.5.6.7.8.T ABLENOTES 1 AND 2CABLE SLACKMANAGER(NOTE 8)PROCESSORPORTNETWORKCABINET(FRONT)NOTES 4,5, AND 632” 28”28” 38”CROSS-CONNECT FIELD (EXTEND AS REQUIRED)CABLE SLACKMANAGER(OPTIONAL)EXPANSIONPORTNETWORKCABINET(OPTIONAL)32”CABLE SLACKMANAGER(OPTIONAL)AUXILIARYCABINET(OPTIONAL)32”

FIGURE 12. Typical Floor Plan With Processor and Expansion Port Networks

107


PRINTER (OPTIONAL)MANAGER ITERMINALCHAIRTRUNK/AUXILIARYFIELD (NOTE 7)WALLNOTES:POWER OUTLETS MUST NOT BE UNDER SWITCH CONTROL, MUST NOT BE SHARED WITH OTHEREQUIPMENT, AND SHOULD BE LOCATED OUTSIDE THE CROSS-CONNECT FIELD AREA.PROCESSOR PORT NETWORK AND EXPANSION PORT NETWORK CABINETS REQUIRE SPECIAL120-VOLT, 60-HZ, 50-AMP POWER OUTLETS (NEMA 5-50R RECEPTACLE, OR EQUIVALENT).AUXILIARY AND AP CABINETS REQUIRE A SPECIAL 120-VOLT, 60-HZ, 20-AMP POWER OUTLET(NEMA 5-20R RECEPTACLE, OR EQUIVALENT).ALLOW AT LEAST 36 INCHES (91.4CM) OF SPACE IN FRONT OF CABINET TO PERMIT DOOR TOSWING OPEN.SYSTEM MUST BE GROUNDED BY ONE OF THE APPROVED METHODS.EARTHQUAKE PROTECTION MAY BE REQUIRED.THE TRUNK/AUXILIARY FIELD MAY BE LOCATED WITHIN THE CROSS-CONNECT FIELD.EACH MCC CABINET USES 10-FOOT B25A CABLES FROM THE D AND E CABINET POSITIONS AND15-FOOT B25A CABLES FROM THE A, B, AND C CABINET POSITIONS. FIBER CONNECTIONSBETWEEN PORT NETWORKS USE 20-FOOT (FL2P-P-20) FIBER CABLENOTES 1 AND 31.2.3.4.5.6.7.8.T ABLENOTES 1 AND 2CABLE SLACKMANAGER(NOTE 8)PROCESSORPORTNETWORKCABINET(FRONT)NOTES 4,5, AND 632” 28”28” 38”CROSS-CONNECT FIELD (EXTEND AS REQUIRED)CABLESLACKMANAGER(OPTIONAL)EXPANSIONPORTNETWORKCABINET(OPTIONAL)32”CABLE SLACKMANAGER(OPTIONAL)AUXILIARYCABINET(OPTIONAL)32”CABLE SLACKMANAGER(OPTIONAL)AUXILIARYCABINET(OPTIONAL)32”

FIGURE 13. Typical Floor Plan With Processor and Expansion Port Networks (G3r Only)

108


12

2

3

2

1

2

1

2

3

3

2

0

1

1

2

2

13

3

1

3

4

3

1

3

2

20

0

0

01

2

3

2

2

3

4

2

33

1

2

3

4 3

2

0

1 0

1

1

2

SEISMIC RISK ZONE MAPS

UNITEDSTATES CANADA

ALASKA

HAWAIIANISLANDS

1. SEISMIC DATA FROM: "UNIFORM BUILDINGCODE" INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE OF BUILDINGOFFICIALS., 1976, WHITTIER, CALIFORNIA.

2. SEISMIC DATA FROM: "THE SUPPLEMENT TO THE NATIONALBUILDING CODE OF CANADA", 1980, NRCC NO.17724.

FIGURE 14. Earthquake Environment (North American Continent)

109


Desktop Space

The 510A or 510D Personal Terminal and 513, 515, 610, 615, 715, 4410, and 4425 terminals canbe located in the equipment room and require space on a desk or table.

The 513, 515, 610, 615, 715, 4410, and 4425 terminals each require approximately 3.2 squarefeet of space. The 510A or 510D with optional keyboard each requires approximately 2.1 squarefeet of space.

Optional Equipment Floor and Desktop Space

Refer to the following documents for additional information on optional equipment that can beused with the system and that will require floor or desk space.

445 Printer 999-700-023

443 Printer 999-700-024

450 Printer 999-700-025

460 Printer 999-700-022

470 Printer and475 Printer 999-300-285IS

572 Printer and573 Printer 999-300-562

Wall Space Required

Wall space required in the equipment room depends on the type of cross-connect equipmentbeing installed—Z100-type (modular) or 110-type. The space required also depends on the sizeof the system. DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1 and Generic 3i—Wiring, 555-204-111, provides details on the cross-connect hardware.

If existing cross-connect hardware is reused, the space requirements and hardware requirementsmust be detailed in the system floor plan. Contact the Technical Consultant for assistance inplanning for reuse of existing equipment.

110


Temperature and Humidity

The system equipment should be installed in a well-ventilated area. Maximum equipment perfor-mance is obtained at an ambient temperature between 40 and 120 degrees Fahrenheit (4 and 49degrees Celsius) for short term operation and up to 110 degrees Fahrenheit (43 degrees Celsius)for continuous operation. The relative humidity range is 10 to 95 percent up to 84 degreesFahrenheit (29 degrees Celsius). Above 84 degrees Fahrenheit (29 degrees Celsius), maximumrelative humidity decreases from 95 percent down to 32 percent at 120 degrees Fahrenheit (49degrees Celsius). Installations outside these limits may reduce system life or impede operation.Table O correlates room temperature with allowable relative humidity.

TABLE O. Allowable Relative Humiditybbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

AllowableRoom Relative

Temperature Humiditybbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb40 °F to 84 °F 10% to 95%

86 °F 10% to 89%88 °F 10% to 83%90 °F 10% to 78%92 °F 10% to 73%94 °F 10% to 69%96 °F 10% to 65%98 °F 10% to 61%100 °F 10% to 58%102 °F 10% to 54%104 °F 10% to 51%106 °F 10% to 48%108 °F 10% to 45%110 °F 10% to 43%112 °F 10% to 40%114 °F 10% to 38%116 °F 10% to 36%118 °F 10% to 34%120 °F 10% to 32%bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbcc




The system equipment can operate at the maximum short-term operational limits for a period notto exceed 72 consecutive hours or a total of more than 15 days in a year. For altitudes above5,000 feet, reduce the maximum short-term temperature limit by 1 °F for each 1,000 feet ofelevation above 5,000 feet. At 10,000 feet, for example, the maximum short-term temperaturelimit is 115 °F.

111


Air Purity

The cabinet should not be installed in an area where the air may be contaminated with any of thefollowing:

d Excessive dust, lint, carbon particles, paper fiber contaminants, or metallic contaminants

d Corrosive gases, such as sulfur and chlorine

Lighting

Lighting should be bright enough to allow administration and maintenance personnel to performtheir tasks. The recommended light intensity level is 50 to 70 footcandles. This level complieswith the Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) standards.

Noise

In most cases, electrical noise is introduced into the system through trunk or station cables, orboth. However, electromagnetic fields near the system control equipment may also cause noisein the system. Therefore, the system and cable runs should not be placed in areas where a highelectromagnetic field strength exists. Radio transmitters (AM or FM), television stations, induc-tion heaters, motors (with commutators) of 0.25 horsepower (187 watts) or greater, and similarequipment are leading causes of interference. Small tools with universal motors are generally nota problem when they operate on separate power lines. Motors without commutators, whethersynchronous or asynchronous, generally do not cause interference.

Field strengths below 1.0 volt per meter are unlikely to cause interference. These weak fieldscan be measured by a tunable meter such as the Model R-70 meter manufactured by Electro-Metrics Division.

Field strengths greater than 1.0 volt per meter can be measured with a broadband meter such asthe HOLADAYTM HI-3001 meter or the Model EFS-1 meter manufactured by Instruments forIndustry, Inc.

The field strength produced by radio transmitters can be estimated by dividing the square root ofthe emitted power in kilowatts by the distance from the antenna in kilometers. This yields theapproximate field strength in volts per meter and is relatively accurate for distances greater thanabout half a wavelength (150 meters for a frequency of 1000 kHz).

112


Additional Considerations

Noise and heat produced by the system also affect the selection of equipment location.

Acoustic Noise Levels

The acoustic noise levels for the various cabinet configurations are described below.


The noise produced by a cabinet with five carriers is 51, 53, and 56 dBa at low, medium, andhigh fan speeds, respectively, at a distance of 5 feet.

Note: If the system cabinet door is open, there is an additional 1 dBa of noise. The tapedrive also causes additional noise. When the tape drive is reading data, there is anadditional 1 dBa of noise. When the tape recorder is rewinding or fast winding, thereis an additional 2 dBa of noise.


The noise produced by the system is as follows:

d One cabinet— 48 dBa at a distance of 5 feet

d Two cabinets— 50 dBa at a distance of 5 feet

d Three cabinets— 52 dBa at a distance of 5 feet

d Four cabinets— 53 dBa at a distance of 5 feet

Note: If the system cabinet door is open, there is an additional 1 dBa of noise. The taperecorder also causes additional noise. When the tape recorder is reading data, thereis an additional 2 dBa of noise. When the tape recorder is rewinding or fast winding,there is an additional 4 dBa of noise.

Heat Dissipation

The amount of heat dissipated by DEFINITY Generic 1 cabinet configurations is described below.

113



A fully-loaded multi-carrier cabinet (five carriers) dissipates approximately 8000 BTUs per hour.However, the typical average dissipation for a cabinet of three carriers is 5000 BTUs per hour.


A stack of four single-carrier cabinets (fully loaded) dissipates approximately 6700 BTUs perhour. However, the typical average dissipation for a one-carrier system is 1700 BTUs per hour.

Table P shows the typical average and maximum system power consumption and also the sys-tem heat dissipation for different size SCC and MCC systems.

TABLE P. System Power Consumption and Heat Disspationbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

System Power Consumption System Heat Dissipation(Volt-Ampere Rating) (BTU per Hour)bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbSCC MCC SCC MCCbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Size Avg Max Avg Max Avg Max Avg MaxbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbTier 1 540 760 540 760 1700 - - -bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbTier 2 1080 1376 1080 1376 3400 - - -bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbTier 3 1620 1976 1620 1976 5100 - - -bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbTier 4 2160 2584 2160 2584 6700 - - -bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbTier 5 - - 2700 3344 - - 5000 8000bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbcc

ccccccccccc

ccccccccccccc

ccccccccc

cccccccccc

ccccccccc

ccccccccccccc

ccccccccc

cccccccccc

ccccccccc

ccccccccccccc

. .

114

aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa POWER AND GROUNDING

POWER AND GROUNDING

General

This section provides information on power, grounding, lightning protection, sneak current protec-tion, standby power, and wiring requirements for system and associated peripheral equipmentinstalled in the equipment room.

AC Power Requirements

The following section provides AC power and grounding requirements for DEFINITY Generic 1and Generic 3 systems.

Multi-Carrier Cabinet System

The customer must provide the main AC distribution panel (panel board). Any available powersource can be used, as long as the phase or leg provides 120-volt AC or 208-volt AC betweenany two legs or phases at the required current drain. The panel board must be equipped with abolt-on 50-amp 120-volt or 208-volt thermal magnetic circuit breaker for each cabinet. One of thefollowing panel boards, or equivalent, can be provided:

d QMR fusible panel board by General Electric

d QMB fusible panel board by Square D

d VB5 fusible panel by ITE

d FPD fusible panel by Westinghouse

Each system cabinet, along with the auxiliary cabinet, requires a separate power outlet. Theseoutlets must not be shared with other equipment, must not be under switch control, and shouldbe located outside the cross-connect field area, if possible. Individual requirements are as fol-lows:

d PPN cabinet and EPN cabinet—Each cabinet requires a special 120-volt 60-Hz 50-amppower outlet (NEMA 5-50R or equivalent) or a special 208-volt 60-Hz 30-amp poweroutlet (NEMA L6-30R or equivalent). The outlet must be located within 10 feet of thecabinet.

d Auxiliary Cabinet (optional)—This cabinet requires a special 120-volt 60-Hz 20-amppower outlet (NEMA 5-20R or equivalent) or a special 208-volt 60-Hz 30-amp poweroutlet (NEMA L6-30R or equivalent). The outlet must be located within 12 feet of thecabinets.

115

POWER AND GROUNDING aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa

Figure 15 depicts a typical power and grounding layout for colocated PPN and EPN cabinets. Aground wire from the ground block on the EPN cabinet connects to the single-point ground blockon the PPN cabinet. A 6-AWG ground wire connects the single-point ground block on the PPNcabinet to an approved ground. (Also see ‘‘Grounding,’’ later in this section).

Note that the AC powering for a multi-carrier cabinet is as shown in Figure 15 for the PPNcabinet.

...

10 FEET

60-HZ 50-AMP

SERVICE

CONDUCTOR

USE APPROVED GROUND LOCATED NEAREST THE

115-VOLT

OR208-VOLT60-HZ 30-AMP

PROVIDEDPOWERPANEL

OR EQUIVALENT

TELEPHONE COMPANY OWNED PROTECTOR GROUND BLOCK AT THE BUILDING ENTRANCE FACILITY

CUSTOMER

UNIT

REAR

...

10 FEETPOWER

UNIT

REAR

CORD

NOTE:

POWER CORD COUPLEDBONDING

10 AWGRECEPTACLE,

60-HZ 50-AMP

SERVICE

115-VOLT

OR208-VOLT60-HZ 30-AMP

NEMA 5-50ORL6-30R

6 AWG10 AWG

COUPLEDBONDINGCONDUCTOR

6 AWG

10 AWG

DISTRIBUTION

GROUND BLOCKSINGLE-POINT

POWER

TO APPROVED

FRONT

POWERDISTRIBUTION

FRONT

6 AWG

GROUND BLOCK

NETWORK CABINETPROCESSOR PORT

NETWORK CABINETEXPANSION PORT

TO AUXILIARYCABINET

GROUND(SEE NOTE)

FIGURE 15. Typical Multi-Carrier System AC Power and Grounding (EPN Colocated)

116


Figure 16 shows a typical power and grounding layout for a remotely located EPN cabinet. Aground wire must be connected from the cabinet ground block of both the PPN and EPN cabinetsto an approved ground. (Also see ‘‘Grounding,’’ later in this section).

OR EQUIVALENT

UNIT

REAR

...

DISTRIBUTION

RECEPTACLE,

60-HZ 50-AMP115-VOLT

60-HZ 30-AMP

NEMA 5-50

PROVIDEDPOWERPANEL

CUSTOMER

POWER

...

CORD

10 FEET 6 AWG

60-HZ 50-AMP

SERVICE

CONDUCTOR

10 AWGTOAPPROVEDGROUND(SEE NOTE)

115-VOLT

60-HZ 30-AMP

TELEPHONE COMPANY OWNED PROTECTOR GROUND BLOCK

AT THE BUILDING ENTRANCE FACILITY

UNIT

REAR

DISTRIBUTION

GROUND BLOCK

COUPLED

BONDING

6 AWG

SINGLE-POINT

POWER

TO APPROVED

FRONT

POWER

FRONT

NOTE:

GROUND BLOCK

NETWORK CABINET

PROCESSOR PORT

NETWORK CABINET

EXPANSION PORT

TO AUXILIARY

CABINET

COUPLED

BONDING

CONDUCTOR

10 AWG

GROUND

(SEE NOTE)

6 AWG


REMOTELYLOCATED

POWER PANEL

SINGLE-POINTGROUNDBLOCK

CUSTOMERPROVIDED

SERVICE

OR L6-30R

OR 208-VOLTOR 208-VOLT

POWER

CORD

10 FEET

FIGURE 16. Typical Multi-Carrier AC Power and Grounding (Remote EPN)

117


Single-Carrier Cabinet System

Each cabinet requires a separate power outlet, as shown in Figures 17 and 18. These outletsmust not be shared with other equipment, must not be under switch control, and should belocated outside the cross-connect field area, if possible. Any available power source can be usedas long as the phase or leg provides 120-volt AC at the required drain.

The Manager I terminal or G3r-MT should be connected to the ‘‘Administration Terminal’’ poweroutlet, as shown in Figures 17 and 18.

A system cabinet is UL-listed at 10 amperes, 120 volts, or 1200 watts per cabinet. Therefore, thepower required for a two-cabinet system is 2400 watts, the power required for a three-cabinetsystem is 3600 watts, and the power required for a four-cabinet system is 4800 watts.

20-AMP

CABINET A

ORCABINET A15-AMP

CABINET B

2 CABINET SYSTEM

TERMINAL

15-AMP CABINET B

20-AMP

CABINET A

15-AMP

3 CABINET SYSTEM

CABINET B

CABINET C

OR

CABINET A15-AMP

15-AMP CABINET B

15-AMP CABINET C

20-AMP

CABINET B

4 CABINET SYSTEM

CABINET A

20-AMP

CABINET C

CABINET D

20-AMP

CABINET A

15-AMP

15-AMP

CABINET B

OR

CABINET C

CABINET D

TERMINAL

TERMINAL

TERMINAL

TERMINAL

TERMINAL

ADMINISTRATION

ADMINISTRATION ADMINISTRATION

ADMINISTRATION

ADMINISTRATION

ADMINISTRATION

FIGURE 17. AC Power Requirements for a Single-Carrier Cabinet System

118


20-AMP

CABINET B

CABINET A

CABINET C

CABINET D

CABINET A

OR

MANAGER ITERMINAL

MANAGER I

20-AMP

20-AMP CABINET A

ORCABINET A15-AMP

CABINET B

2 CABINET SYSTEM

15-AMP CABINET B

4 CABINET SYSTEM

20-AMP

15-AMP

15-AMP

CABINET B

CABINET C

CABINET D

TERMINAL

EXPANSION PORTNETWORK (EPN)

PROCESSOR PORTNETWORK (PPN)

FIGURE 18. AC Power Requirements for a Single-Carrier System (Remotely Located EPN)

119


Figure 19 depicts a typical power and grounding layout for a single-carrier system with the PPNand EPN cabinets colocated. A ground wire from the ground block on the bottom cabinet of theEPN connects to the single-point ground block on the bottom cabinet of the PPN. A 6-AWGground wire connects the single-point ground block to an approved ground. (Also see ‘‘Ground-ing,’’ later in this section).

6 AWGGROUND

APPROVED

POWERCORD10 FEET

REAR

6 AWG

115-VOLT60-HZ

TERMINAL

NOTE:

POWERCORD10 FEET

115-VOLT60-HZ


10 AWG

WIRE TO


10 AWG

20 AMPSERVICE

15 OR20 AMPSERVICE

15 ORMANAGER

I

(SEE NOTE) (SEE NOTE)

GROUND(SEE NOTE)

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

SINGLE-POINTGROUND BLOCK

CIRCUITBREAKER

CIRCUITBREAKER

POWERSUPPLY

15-AMPPLUG

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

POWERSUPPLY

PROCESSOR PORT NETWORKCONTROL CABINET A

15-AMPPLUG

REAR

CONTROL CABINET AEXPANSION PORT NETWORK

TO APPROVED GROUND LOCATED NEAREST THE TELEPHONE COMPANY OWNEDPROTECTOR GROUND BLOCK AT THE BUILDING ENTRANCE FACILITY

NEMA 5-15 ORNEMA 5-20

RECEPTACLE,OR EQUIVALENT

FIGURE 19. Typical Single-Carrier Power and Grounding Layout (EPN Colocated)

120


Figure 20 shows a typical power and grounding arrangement for a system with the EPN remotelylocated. A ground wire must be connected from the cabinet ground block of both the PPN andEPN to an approved ground. (Also see ‘‘Grounding,’’ later in this section).

6 AWGGROUND

APPROVED

POWERCORD10 FEET

REAR

115-VOLT60-HZ

TERMINAL

NOTE:TO APPROVED GROUND LOCATEDNEAREST THE TELEPHONE COMPANYOWNED PROTECTOR GROUND BLOCKAT THE BUILDING ENTRANCE FACILITY

POWERCORD10 FEET

115-VOLT60-HZ


10 AWG

WIRE TOCOUPLEDBONDINGCONDUCTOR

10 AWG

20 AMPSERVICE

15 OR20 AMPSERVICE

15 ORMANAGER

I

NEMA 5-15 OR NEMA 5-20

(SEE NOTE) (SEE NOTE)GROUND(SEE NOTE)

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

SINGLE-POINTGROUND BLOCK

CIRCUITBREAKER

CIRCUITBREAKER

POWERSUPPLY

15-AMPPLUG

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

POWERSUPPLY

PROCESSOR PORT NETWORKCONTROL CABINET A

15-AMPPLUG

REAR

CONTROL CABINET AEXPANSION PORT NETWORK

RECEPTACLE, OR EQUIVALENT

6 AWGGROUND

APPROVEDWIRE TO

GROUND(SEE NOTE)

FIGURE 20. Typical Single-Carrier AC Power and Grounding Layout (Remotely Located EPN)

121


DC Power Requirements

Multi-Carrier Cabinet System

A DC power plant may be used to power the multi-carrier system cabinets. Figure 21 shows atypical power and grounding layout for a DC-powered multi-carrier cabinet.

GROUNDDISCHARGEBAR

APPROVEDGROUND(SEE NOTE)

NOTE:

10 AWGCOUPLEDBONDING

CONDUCTOR(CBC)

REAR

-48 V

BATTERY PLANT

REAR

CABINETGROUNDBLOCK

SYSTEMSINGLEPOINTGROUND

UNITDISTRIBUTION

FRONT

EXPANSION PORT

-48 V -48 V RTN

UNITDISTRIBUTION

FRONT

-48 V -48 V RTN

NETWORK (EPN) CABINETPROCESSOR PORT

NETWORK (PPN) CABINET

1 GAUGE UPTO 50 FEETOR ENGINEERED

THAN 1%VOLTAGE DROP

FOR LESS

DC POWER DC POWER

USE APPROVED GROUND LOCATED NEAREST THE TELEPHONECOMPANY OWNED PROTECTOR GROUND BLOCK AT THEBUILDING ENTRANCE FACILITY

(75A (75A

CABINETGROUNDBLOCK

FIGURE 21. Typical Multi-Carrier Cabinet System DC Power and Grounding Layout(EPN Colocated)

122


Table Q provides the requirements for input DC power.

TABLE Q. -48 Volt DC Input Power Requirementsbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Parameter RequirementsbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbStatic Voltage -48 V DC nominal, -42.5 V DC minimum, -52.5 V DC maximum

(measured at input to system cabinet)bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbDynamic Voltage Transient change in voltage (+/- 5% of steady state voltage)

Allowed transient duration (up to 200 milliseconds)bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbAC Ripple Voltage Maximum wideband AC ripple (450 mvpp in the 3 kHZ-to-20 MHZ

band)bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbLow Voltage Disconnect Automatic disconnect occurs when input voltage becomes less than

-42.5 V DC (control provided with battery plant).bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbOvervoltage Protection Input voltage shall not exceed -52.5 V DC.bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbVoltage Drop Maximum drop must not exceed 0.5 V DC one-way on feeder cable

between the power board and the system cabinet.

Feeders must be UL approved and CSA certified.

Feeder gauge must be no smaller than 6 AWG and no larger than1/0 gauge.

Recommended -48 V DC feeder cable—Royal Electric #4905 orequivalent1-AWG is required for distances up to 50 feet.

Cable resistance must be equal to or less than 0.1290 ohms per1000 feet.bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Current Draw The battery plant rectifiers must be capable of providing current forthe system, including current required for system holdover and forcharging the batteries. In addition, this may include DC currentrequired for an inverter that provides AC power to peripheral equip-ment, if it is installed, and for future growth.bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Circuit Breaker A UL-listed and CSA-certified circuit breaker must be provided at thebattery plant power board for each system cabinet feeder.

The recommended circuit breakers are 75 ampere Airpax UPLI-1-REC2-52-753 or Heinemann AM1-B2-A-75-2.bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbcc




123


TABLE Q (continued).-48 Volt DC Input Power Requirements

bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbParameter Requirementsbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Redundancy Redundancy of the battery chargers/rectifiers should be considered.This would also provide the additional current necessary to rechargethe batteries after being fully discharged.bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Electrical Noise Voice band noise from the battery plant to the system must be lessthan 32dBmC.bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Grounding A single point ground must be maintained.

A ground conductor must be installed from the isolated GroundDischarge Bar* to the closest Approved Ground via the shortestroute as required by the NEC/REC. The gauge must be no smallerthan the largest conductor in the system and larger than 6 AWG.

The Ground Discharge Bar shall not be connected electrically to thechassis of the battery plant chargers, power board, or inverter(s).

All output power shall be isolated from the input power.bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbLightning Protection There must be adequate lightning protection in the battery plant to

ensure that the system will not be damaged.bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbccccccccccccccccccccccc



As shown in Figure 21, the size of the wire required for the -48 V DC and -48 V return must beengineered so that the -48 V DC supplied by the battery plant to the G1 cabinets will bemaintained between -42.5 and -52.5 V DC at all times to ensure proper operation and toprevent hardware damage.

aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa* Refer to DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1 and Generic 3—Installation and Test, 555-230-104, for parts

and location information.

124


Figures 17 and 18 provide a power and grounding layout for mixed AC-/DC-powered multi-carriercabinet configurations.

GROUND

BARDISCHARGE

REAR

TELEPHONE COMPANY OWNED PROTECTOR GROUND BLOCK

-48 V

BATTERY PLANT

CABINET

GROUNDBLOCK

CABINET

APPROVED

GROUND(SEE NOTE)

6 AWG

10 AWG

COUPLEDBONDINGCONDUCTOR(CBC)

GROUNDBLOCK


-48 V -48 V RTN

PROVIDEDPOWERPANEL

OR EQUIVALENT

CUSTOMER

UNIT

REAR

... 60-HZ 50-AMP

DISTRIBUTION

NOTE:

ACPOWER

CORD10 FEET

CABINET

115-VOLT

NEMA 5-50OR

SERVICE60-HZ 30-AMP

AT THE BUILDING ENTRANCE FACILITY

FRONT

NETWORK CABINETEXPANSION PORT

FRONT

PROCESSOR PORTNETWORK (PPN) CABINET

DC POWER DISTRIBUTION UNITAC POWER

(75A

OR L6-30RRECEPTACLE,

1 GAUGE UP

ENGINEERED

FOR LESSTHAN 1%

VOLTAGE DROP

TO 50 FEET OR

OR 208-VOLT

TO AUXILIARY

GROUND BLOCK

FIGURE 22. Typical Multi-Carrier Mixed AC/DC Power and Grounding Layout (EPN Colocated)

125



GROUND

BATTERY PLANT

APPROVEDGROUND(SEE NOTE)

DISCHARGE

10 AWGCOUPLEDBONDINGCONDUCTOR(CBC)

CUSTOMER

...

60-HZ 50-AMP

RECEPTACLE,

ACPOWERCORD10 FEET

OR EQUIVALENT

115-VOLT

NEMA 5-50

L6-30R

PROVIDEDPOWER

COUPLEDBONDING

6 AWG

CONDUCTOR 10 AWG

OR208-VOLT60-HZ 30-AMPSERVICE

REAR

CABINETGROUNDBLOCK

OR

PANEL

TELEPHONE COMPANY OWNED PROTECTOR GROUND BLOCK AT THE BUILDING ENTRANCE FACILITY

FRONT

NOTE:

EXPANSION PORT

REAR

FRONT

PROCESSOR PORTNETWORK (PPN) CABINET

1 GAUGE UPTO 50 FEET OR

-48 V -48 V RTN

-48 VBAR

TO AUXILIARYCABINETGROUNDBLOCK

DISTRIBUTION UNIT

DC POWER AC POWERDISTRIBUTION

UNIT

SINGLEPOINTCABINETGROUND

6 AWG

TOAPPROVEDGROUND(SEE NOTE)

NETWORK (EPN) CABINET

(75A

ENGINEERED FORLESS THAN 1%VOLTAGE DROP

FIGURE 23. Typical Multi-Carrier Mixed AC/DC Power and Grounding Layout(Remotely Located EPN)

For DC-powered systems, a ground wire must be installed from the isolated Ground DischargeBar on the battery plant to the Approved Ground. (See ‘‘Grounding.’’) The size of the wire mustbe no smaller than the largest wire in the system and must be larger than 6 AWG. The approvedground connection must be identified with a Form 15657NR or equivalent grounding tag. TheGround Discharge Bar shall not be connected electrically to the chassis of the chargers, powerboard, or inverters. All output power must be isolated from the input power.

A 6-AWG ground wire must be connected to the ground block in the bottom of each cabinet(Figure 21). The ground wire is routed out of the cabinet and terminated on the battery plant.

126


Single-Carrier Cabinet System

Each cabinet requires a separate DC power input. See Table Q for input DC power require-ments. Figure 24 provides a typical DC powered and grounding arrangement for a single-carriercabinet system.

PLUG

NO. 6

-48V

111

111

GRD BLOCK

EACH CABINET)C AND DIF PROVIDED

WIRE

GRDPLATE (BETWEEN

TO CABINET

DISCH GRD BAR

DC POWER CABINET

GRD

-48V

-48V

TO DCDISTRIBUTIONUNIT-NEXTNETWORK

GRD

(4 REQUIRED)

-48V RTN-48V

TO CONTROL CABINETGRD BLOCK NEXTNETWORK

-48V

1

RTN

DISTRIBUTION

1

UNIT

J58890CG DC

LINE CORD (ONE PER CABINET

NO. 1WIRE

NO. 1 WIRE

3 CONDUCTOR NO. 10

RECEPTACLE

25A FUSE

75A

75A

PLUG

FIGURE 24. Typical Single-Carrier DC Power and Grounding Layout (EPN Colocated)

A ground wire is connected to the ground block of the bottom cabinet and routed to the batteryplant for termination on the Ground Discharge Bar. An approved ground must be terminated onthe Ground Discharge Bar.

127


Grounding

An approved ground for the cabinets used in the equipment room is essential. A typicalapproved ground is one of the following:

d Grounded Building Steel—The metal frame of the building where effectively groundedby one of the following grounds: acceptable metallic water pipe, concrete-encasedground, or a ground ring.

d Acceptable Water Pipe—A metal underground water pipe, at least 1/2-inch in diameter,in direct contact with the earth for at least 10 feet. The pipe must be electrically continu-ous (or made electrically continuous by bonding around insulated joints, plastic pipe, orplastic meters) to the point where the protector ground wire is connected. A metallicunderground water pipe must be supplemented by the metal frame of the building, aconcrete-encased ground, or a ground ring. If these grounds are not available, the waterpipe ground can be supplemented by one of the following types of ground:

— Metal underground gas piping system—An electrically continuous metal under-ground gas piping system that is uninterrupted with insulating sections or jointsand without an outer nonconductive coating

— Other local metal underground systems or structures—local underground struc-tures such as tanks and piping systems

— Rod and pipe electrodes—A 5/8-inch (solid rod) or 3/4-inch (conduit or pipe)electrode driven to a minimum depth of 8 feet

— Plate electrodes—Expose a minimum of 2 square feet of metallic surface to theexterior soil

d Concrete-Encased Ground—An electrode encased by at least 2 inches of concrete andlocated within and near the bottom of a concrete foundation or footing in direct contactwith the earth. The electrode must be at least 20 feet of one or more steel reinforcingbars or rods, not less than 1/2 inch in diameter, or at least 20 feet of bare, solid copperwire not smaller than 4 AWG.

d Ground Ring—A buried ground that encircles a building or structure at a depth of a least2-1/2 feet below the earth’s surface. The ring must consist of at least 20 feet of barecopper conductor not smaller than 2 AWG.

All approved grounds used must be bonded together to form a single grounding electrode systemas required in Section 250-81 of the National Electrical Code.

128


Approved floor grounds are those grounds on a floor of a high-rise building suitable for connec-tion to the ground terminal in the riser closet and to the PBX equipment single point ground termi-nal. Such grounds may be one of the following:

d Building steel

d The grounding conductor for the secondary side of the power transformer feeding thefloor

d Metallic water pipes

d Power feed metallic conduit supplying panel boards on the floor

d A grounding point specifically provided in the building for the purpose

Lightning Protection

A coupled bonding conductor is tie-wrapped to all trunks. The coupled bonding conductor can beany one of the following:

d 10-AWG ground wire

d Continuous cable sheath

d Six unused pairs of wire

The coupled bonding conductor connects the cabinet single-point ground block and runs all theway to the approved ground located nearest the telephone company-owned protector block at thebuilding entrance facility.

When an auxiliary cabinet is provided with a multi-carrier cabinet system, a 6-AWG ground wireconnects the system cabinet single-point ground block to the auxiliary cabinet ground block. It isrecommended that the ground wire be routed as close as possible to the cables connecting thesystem cabinet and the auxiliary cabinet.

If auxiliary equipment is not mounted in the auxiliary cabinet, then the power supply for thisequipment must be plugged into one of the two convenience outlets located on the back of themulti-carrier cabinet to preserve ground integrity. The convenience outlet is fused at 5 amps.The dedicated Manager I or G3r-MT terminal should be plugged into the other convenienceoutlet.

Sneak Current Protection

Sneak fuses protect the building wiring and circuit packs from ‘‘foreign potential’’ by providing acurrent interruption capability. Sneak fuse panels, when provided, are installed on the switch sideof the network interface. All incoming and outgoing trunks and off-premises station lines passthrough the sneak fuses. Sneak current protection is required for installations in Canada. Thesneak fuses must be CSA certified.

129


Standby Power System—Multi-Carrier Cabinet System

Battery Reserve (Multi-Carrier System)

The system provides a 10-second power holdover during power interruptions. A battery reservesupplies power to a single control carrier for up to 10 minutes during a commercial power failure.With duplicated control carriers, power is available for 5 minutes. If additional holdover power isrequired, an alternate, independent source of on-premises power is required to maintain the sys-tem for a limited time. An external, commercial Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) or a batterybackup arrangement are used as an alternate source of power during a commercial powerfailure.

Uninterruptible Power Supply (Multi-Carrier System)

The uninterruptible power supply (UPS) protects the system equipment from voltage lags, over-voltage conditions, blackouts, and line frequency fluctuations. The UPS uses a microprocessorcontrolled device to regulate and condition the commercial power. During commercial powerfailure, UPS provides dependable and reliable backup power for short durations.

Note: Any peripheral that is connected to the system and derives its power from a wallsocket will not be supported during a power outage. This also applies to the 7407Dand 7404D voice terminals.

For most multi-carrier cabinet system configurations, any UPS that meets the requirements givenin Table R or Table S can be used with the system for standby power.

TABLE R. AC Power Requirementsbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

No. of No. ofControl Port Power Frequency PowerCarrier Carrier Rating (KVA) Hertz Factorbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

1 0 0.90 60 ± 5% 0.70bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb1 1 1.50 60 ± 5% 0.70bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb1 2 2.10 60 ± 5% 0.70bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb1 3 2.70 60 ± 5% 0.70bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb1 4 3.30 60 ± 5% 0.70bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbcc

ccccccccc

ccccccccccc

ccccccccccc

ccccccccccc

ccccccccccc

ccccccccccc

130


TABLE S. DC Power Requirementsbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

No. of No. ofControl Port InputCarrier Carrier Power (Watts)bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

1 0 630bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb1 1 1050bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb1 2 1470bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb1 3 1890bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb1 4 2310bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbcc

ccccccccc

ccccccccccc

ccccccccccc

ccccccccccc

Battery Backup (Multi-Carrier System)

A battery supply and an inverter can be used to provide standby power for up to 8 hours after acommercial power failure.

When standby power is provided, the following items must be taken into consideration:

d Size and weight of the batteries

d Size and weight of the inverter(s)

d Heat dissipation

d Air flow and circulation

d Items of equipment to receive power

This standby power system contains the following:

d Inverter

d Batteries

d Battery stand

The system requires a 120-volt AC input that is provided by the inverter. The size of the inverteris determined by the carrier configuration and the additional equipment to be provided with powerin the event of a commercial power failure. The size of the battery supply required depends uponthe length of time power is to be provided and the particular power demands of the system.Tables R and S show the approximate power consumption requirements that can be used to sizethe system for emergency generators or battery backup.

131


Standby Power—Single-Carrier Cabinet System

The following provides Battery Reserve, Uninterruptible Power Supply, and Battery Backup infor-mation for single-cabinet systems.

Battery Reserve (Single-Carrier System)

During commercial power failure, the power supply provides a 250-millisecond power holdover toallow the system to remain in service. If power is restored within 250 milliseconds, there is nointerruption of service.

A battery reserve is automatically activated if commercial AC power fails. These batteries allowthe power supply to provide a 2-minute battery reserve holdover to the control circuit packs andfans during power failure beyond 250 milliseconds. All port circuit packs are out of service duringthis time. When commercial power is restored within 2 minutes, the system reinitializes from thememory stored in the Memory circuit pack. All port circuit packs continue to remain out of ser-vice during the approximately 25 seconds required to restore the system.

When commercial power is restored after 2 minutes, the system reinitializes from the systemtape. Reinitialization takes approximately 10 minutes and the port circuit packs remain out of ser-vice during this time.

The Emergency Transfer feature becomes active if commercial power failure exceeds 250 mil-liseconds. Selected voice terminals are automatically connected to trunks in the central office.

If additional holdover power is required, an alternate, independent source of on-premises poweris required to maintain the system for a limited time. An external, commercial UninterruptiblePower Supply (UPS) or a battery backup arrangement are used as an alternate source of powerduring a commercial power failure.

Uninterruptible Power Supply (Single-Carrier System)

If long-term holdover power is required, an external Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) can beprovided as an alternate source of power during a commercial power failure. Any UPS thatmeets the requirements given in Table T can be used with the system.

TABLE T. UPS Power Requirementsbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

MaximumNo. of Volt-Ampere Frequency Power Cut-In Time

Cabinets Rating Hertz Factor (milliseconds)bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb1 1200 60 ± 5% 0.6 200bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb2 2400 60 ± 5% 0.6 200bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb3 3600 60 ± 5% 0.6 200bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb4 4800 60 ± 5% 0.6 200bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbcc

cccccccc

cccccccccc

cccccccccc

cccccccccc

cccccccccc

cccccccccc

132


Battery Backup (Single-Carrier System)

A battery supply and an inverter can be used to provide standby power for up to 8 hours after acommercial power failure.

When standby power is provided, the following items must be taken into consideration:

d Size and weight of the batteries

d Size and weight of the inverter(s)

d Heat dissipation

d Air flow and circulation

d Items of equipment to receive power

This standby power system contains the following:

d Inverter

d Batteries

d Battery stand

The single-carrier cabinet system requires a 120-volt AC input that is provided by the inverter.The size of the inverter is determined by the system configuration and the additional equipmentto be provided with power in the event of a commercial power failure. The size of the batterysupply required depends upon the length of time power is to be provided and the particular powerdemands of the system. Table T shows the approximate power consumption requirements thatcan be used to size the system for emergency generators or battery backup.

House Wiring

House wiring includes all on-premises wiring on the customer side of the cross-connect field.The cross-connect field can be either 66-type or 110-type hardware.

Wiring is distributed from the cross-connect field by 25-pair cables. The 25-pair cables are con-nected either directly to terminal wall jacks using adapters or to satellite locations. Satellite loca-tions are used when already present or when required by the length of the wiring runs from theswitch to the terminals. The 25-pair cables can be divided into either 4-pair or 3-pair wiringgroups (4-pair wiring groups are recommended). From the satellite locations, 4-pair D-insidecables connect the satellite locations to information outlets (modular wall jacks).

See DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1 and Generic 3i—Wiring, 555-204-111, fordetails on the cross-connect hardware and wiring distribution.

133

aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa UPGRADES AND ADDITIONS

UPGRADES AND ADDITIONS

The upgrade process consists of changing the hardware and software of the a previouslyinstalled system to that of a later version system. An upgrade may be performed in response toincreased call processing demands, need for greater feature capabilities, or other changes incustomer requirements.

The addition process consists of adding voice terminals, circuit packs, carriers, or softwarefeatures to an existing system without upgrading the version of the system.

The following provides a synopsis of the upgrades and additions process for DEFINITY Commun-ications System Generic 1 and Generic 3.

For specific details on the upgrade process and associated administration, refer to the DEFIN-ITY Communications System Generic 1 and Generic 3i—Upgrades and Additions, 555-204-106, or DEFINITY Communications System Generic 3r—Upgrades and Additions, 555-230-106.

System 75 Upgrade to DEFINITY Generic 1 PPNWithout Duplication

The System 75 Versions 1 (V1), 2 (V2), or 3 (V3) upgrade to DEFINITY Generic 1 requires thefollowing:

d Replacing the J58890AA-1/J58890AB-1 Control Carrier with a J58890AH-1 Control Car-rier

d Replacing TN711 Processor circuit pack with a TN773 Processor circuit pack

d Replacing TN734 Memory circuit packs with a TN770 Memory circuit pack

d Replacing TN727 Network Control circuit pack with a TN777 Network Control circuit pack

d Replacing TN741 Tone Clock circuit pack with a TN768 Tone Clock circuit pack

d Replacing the TDM cables with new WP91716 L1 and L2 TDM/LAN cables

d Adding a new TN774 tape drive circuit pack and removing the HCMR/RMSS tape drive

d Adding a TN765 Processor Interface circuit pack if required

d Replacing the software tape

d Activating and administering new features

If an Expansion Port Network (EPN) is required, an EPN cabinet is added. A TN776 ExpansionInterface circuit pack is added to the Processor Port Network (PPN) cabinet. A fiber link con-nects the Expansion Interface circuit packs.

135

UPGRADES AND ADDITIONS aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa

System 75 Upgrade to DEFINITY Generic 1 PPN With Duplication

The System 75 Versions 1 (V1), 2 (V2), or 3 (V3) upgrade to DEFINITY Generic 1 with duplica-tion requires the following:

d Replacing the J58890AA-1/J58890AB-1 Control Carrier with a J58890AH-1Control Carrier

d Replacing TN711 Processor circuit pack with a TN773 Processor circuit pack

d Replacing TN734 Memory circuit packs with a TN770 Memory circuit pack

d Replacing TN727 Network Control circuit pack with a TN777 Network Control circuit pack



d Adding a new TN774 tape drive circuit pack and removing the HCMR/RMSS tape drive


d Replacing the J58890BB-3 Port Carrier in position B with a J58890AJ-1 Duplicated Con-trol Carrier that contains the following circuit packs.

— Processor circuit pack TN773

— Memory circuit pack TN770

— Tape Drive circuit pack TN774

— Network Control circuit pack TN777

— Duplication Interface circuit pack TN772

— Tone Clock circuit pack TN768 in both J58890AJ-1 and J58890AH-1

d Adding a TN772 Duplication Interface circuit pack to the J58890AH-1 Control Carrier

d Adding the inter-carrier cable between the J58890AH-1 Control Carrier and theJ58890AJ-1 Duplicated Control Carrier

d Adding the new software tape to the tape drive in both the J58890AH-1 Control Carrierand the J58890AJ-1 Duplicated Control Carrier


If an EPN is required, an EPN cabinet is added. Two TN776 Expansion Interface circuit packsare needed in the PPN cabinet. Two fiber links are required to connect the Expansion Interfacecircuit packs.

136


System 75 Upgrade to DEFINITY Generic 1 EPN WithoutDuplication

The System 75 Medium Cabinet is upgraded to the EPN Cabinet Without Duplication by:

d Removing the tape drive unit

d Removing the J58890AA-1/J58890AB-1 Control Carrier

d Installing the J58890AF-1 expansion Control Carrier


d Adding TN775 Maintenance circuit pack


d Adding and restructuring the port circuit packs as required

A TN776 Expansion Interface circuit pack is added to the PPN cabinet. A fiber link connects theExpansion Interface circuit packs.

System 75 Upgrade to DEFINITY Generic 1 EPN With Duplication

The System 75 Medium Cabinet is upgraded to the EPN Cabinet With Duplication by:

d Removing the tape drive unit

d Removing the J58890AA-1/J58890AB-1 Control Carrier

d Installing the J58890AF-1 expansion Control Carrier

d Replacing TN741 Tone Clock circuit pack with two TN768 Tone Clock circuit packs(one in the first and one in the second carrier)

d Adding TN775 Maintenance circuit pack


d Adding and restructuring the port circuit packs as required

d Adding two TN776 Expansion Interface circuit packs (one in the first port carrier in theEPN Cabinet and one in the second)

Two TN776 Expansion Interface circuit packs are needed in the PPN Cabinet as well. Two fiberlinks are required to connect the Expansion Interface circuit packs.

137


System 75 XE Upgrade To DEFINITY Generic 1 PPN WithoutDuplication

The System 75 XE Versions 2 (V2) or 3 (V3) upgrade to DEFINITY Generic 1 requires the follow-ing:

d Replacing the J58890G-1 Control Cabinet with a J58890L-1 Basic Control Cabinet con-taining the following


— Processor TN773

— Memory TN770

— Network Control TN777

d Replacing the TDM cables with WP91716 L3 TDM cables if required


d Replacing the TN756 Tone Detector/Generator circuit pack with a TN768 circuit pack anda TN748 Tone Detector circuit pack when DS1, ISDN, or EPN applications are required

d Installing the old port circuit pack in the new J58890L-1 cabinet

d Replacing the software tape


If an EPN is required, an Expansion Control Cabinet is added. The TN776 Expansion Interfacecircuit pack is added to the Basic Control Cabinet. A fiber cable connects the Expansion Inter-face circuit packs.

138


System 75 XE Upgrade to DEFINITY Generic 1 PPNWith Duplication

The System 75 XE Versions 2 (V2) or 3 (V3) upgrade to DEFINITY Generic 1 with duplicationrequires the following:

d Replacing the J58890G-1 Control Cabinet with a J58890L-1 Basic Control Cabinet con-taining the following:





d Replacing the TDM cables with WP91716 L3 TDM cables if required

d Replacing the TN756 Tone Detector/Generator circuit pack with TN768 Tone Clock cir-cuit pack and a TN748 Tone Detector circuit pack


d Adding the J58890M-1 Duplicated Control Cabinet in cabinet position B. This cabinetcontains the following circuit packs.





— Duplication Interface circuit pack TN772

— Tone Clock circuit pack TN768 in both the J58890L-1 and J58890M-1 cabinets

d Adding the inter-cabinet cable between the J58890L-1 Control Cabinet and theJ58890M-1 Duplicated Control Cabinet

d Adding the old port circuit packs in the new J58890L-1 Control Cabinet and J58890M-1Duplicated Control Cabinet

d Adding the new software tape to the tape drive in both the J58890L-1 Control Cabinetand the J58890M-1 Duplicated Control Cabinet


If an EPN is required, an Expansion Control Cabinet and a Port Cabinet are added. A TN776Expansion Interface circuit pack is needed in the Control Cabinet J58890L-1 and the DuplicatedControl Cabinet J58890M-1. Two fiber cables connect the Expansion Interface circuit packs.

139


System 75 XE Upgrade to DEFINITY Generic 1 EPN WithoutDuplication

The System 75 XE is upgraded to the EPN Cabinet Without Duplication as follows:

d Replace the Control Cabinet J58890G-1 with an Expansion Control Cabinet J58890N-1

d Replace the TDM cables with WP91716 L3 TDM cables if required

d Add and restructure port circuit packs

System 75 XE Upgrade to DEFINITY Generic 1 EPN WithDuplication

The System 75 Single-Carrier Cabinet is upgraded to the EPN cabinet With Duplication as fol-lows:

d Replace the Control Cabinet J58890G-1 with an Expansion Control Cabinet J58890N-1

d Replace the TDM cables with WP91716 L3 TDM cables if required

d Add and restructure port circuit packs

d Add an Expansion Interface circuit pack to the first and second port cabinets

d Add two TN768 Tone Clock circuit packs (one in the first cabinet and one in the secondcabinet)

Two TN776 Expansion Interface circuit packs are needed in the PPN cabinet. Two fiber links arerequired to connect the Expansion Interface circuit packs.

140


Circuit Pack Additions and Replacements

The following circuit packs, although not required for the basic upgrade, may need to be added orreplaced for additional features:

d TN722—Provides connection capability to DS1, alternate/voice data (AVD), and DigitalMultiplexed Interface (DMI) facilities.

d TN767 DS1 Interface—Provides connection capability to ISDN feature in addition to thefeatures supported by the TN722.

d TN725 Speech Synthesizer—Provides speech synthesis application for Leave Word Cal-ling feature and supports the Automatic Wakeup feature.

d TN726 Data Line—Provides direct connection capability to asynchronous equipment withEIA-232C interfaces.

d TN760 Tie Trunk—Provides the release-link trunks required for Centralized AttendantService (CAS). The release-link trunks can also be provided by the DS1 Tie Trunk circuitpack.

d TN746 Analog Line (16 ports)—Used to provide a 16 ports per circuit pack for on-premises (in building) analog terminals.

d TN750 Announcement—Provides an integrated means for recording announcements thatcan then be played back on demand from call processing as part of a calling feature.Messages can be recorded by customers from their voice terminals, on- or off-premises,and have flexible message lengths. Up to 16 different messages can be played backsimultaneously. The TN750 cannot be used for the Automatic Wakeup feature.

d TN755 Power Unit—Converts -48 volt DC to neon lamp voltage required by the circuitpacks.

d TN747 CO Trunk—Supports the Abandoned Call Search feature for ACD applications.

d TN763 Auxiliary Trunk—Supports Audichron announcement equipment.

Attendant Console Replacement

To support the Emergency Access to the Attendant feature, the attendant console must be a301A1-A, 302A1-A, or 301B1-A.

141


Port Circuit Pack Upgrades for DEFINITY Generic 3r

It may be necessary, depending on the features required for a particular upgrade, to upgradesome of the port circuit packs. Table U lists the port circuit packs that may need to be upgradedto a later vintage of the same circuit pack or to a different circuit pack, along with the cir-cumstances that make the upgrade necessary.

TABLE U. Port Circuit Pack Upgradesbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb

Type Code Upgrade ReasonbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbReplace with lastest model of TN725 (for example, TN725B) for full functional-ity.

Service TN725 Speech Synthesizer

TN748 or TN748B ToneDetector

Replace with latest model of TN748 (for example, TN748C) if the OutboundCall Management (OCM) feature is required for the system.

Replace all TN714 models with TN768 Tone Clock for full functionality. If Stra-tum 3 interface is required in the PPN, replace with TN780 Tone Clock.

TN714 Tone Clock


TN741 Tone Clock


TN756 Tone Clock

Replace all TN776 models with TN570 Expansion Interface for connection toSwitch Node Interface.

TN776 Expansion Interface

Replace with latest model for full functionality.TN775 EPN MaintenancebbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbReplace TN762 with TN762B or later model for 7300 sets and if droppingincoming calls.

Line TN762 Hybrid Line

bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbReplace TN747 with TN747B or later model if ACD is required for the system.Trunk TN747 Central Office Trunk

Replace TN760 with TN760B vintage 6 (or later model) if CAS is required forthe system and if there is an end-to-end signaling problem.

TN760 Tie Trunk

Replace TN763 with latest model if Audichron Announcement Equipment isincluded in the system.

TN763 Auxiliary Trunk

Replace TN722 with TN722B vintage 6 (or later model) if CAS is required forthe system.

TN722 DS1 Tie Trunk

Replace with the latest model of TN464 32-Channel E1 Trunk if ISDN-PRI andthe DS0 channel are required for the system. TN767 can be reused if only DS1or NFS in-line service are required.

TN767 DS1 Interface

bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbcccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccc




142


DEFINITY Generic 1 Upgrade to DEFINITY Generic 3r PPN

When upgrading an existing system to a DEFINITY G3r PPN, with or without duplication, onlynew shipments of PPNs are supported, so existing cabinets cannot be upgraded regardless oftype. Please note that the PPN of a G3r system is only housed in a multi-carrier cabinet.

DEFINITY Generic 1 PPN Upgrade to DEFINITY Generic 3rEPN MCC Without Duplication

The DEFINITY Generic 1 PPN multi-carrier cabinet upgrade to DEFINITY Generic 3r EPN MCCrequires the following:

d Remove all port circuit packs in the cabinet position A Control Carrier J58890AH. Thesewill be reused in the carrier replacement.

d Remove TN776 Expansion Interface circuit pack (located in port slot 1).

d Remove all other control circuit packs. These will not be reused except for TN768 ToneClock.

d Remove power units (631DA and 631DB for AC systems and 644A and 645B for DCsystems). These will be reused. Also, power units 631AR and 631BR or 631WA and631WB (AC systems) will work in the G3r, if present. However, if you do reuse the631AR and 631BR or 631WA and 631WB power supplies, it is required that you reuseeither the TN736 or TN752 Power Converter circuit pack with them.

d Remove inter-carrier cables. Only TDM/LAM bus cables (WP-91716) or terminator(ZAHF4) will be reused.

d Replace J58890AH in cabinet position A with Expansion Control Carrier J58890AF in thecabinet position A. The same cabinet interface cables (wiring harnesses) are reused.

d Install two power units (631DA and 631DB for AC systems and 644A and 645B for DCsystems). You can also install power units 631AR and 631BR or 631WA and 631WB asan alternative. However, if you do reuse the 631AR and 631BR or 631WA and 631WBpower supplies, it is required that you reuse either the TN736 or TN752 Power Convertercircuit pack with them.

d Install TN775 Maintenance circuit pack.

d Install TN570 Expansion Interface circuit pack in port slot 1.

d Install TN768 Tone Clock circuit pack from the DEFINITY Generic 3i.

d Port circuit packs that were removed can be reinstalled in the Expansion Control Carrier.Port circuit packs that must be upgraded for G3r functionality can be installed at thistime. See Table U for a list of the circuit packs and their replacements.

143


d One current limiter (CFY1) circuit pack is installed on the Expansion Control Carrier incabinet position A.

d Reapply the TDM/LAN bus cables or terminator.

d The AUX connection previously made to the A position Control Carrier can also bereused to the new A position Expansion Control Carrier. Note, however, that the AUXconnection will no longer support the Initialization and Administration System (INADS)link. The terminal connections used previously can also be reused to the new A positionExpansion Control Carrier.

DEFINITY Generic 1 EPN MCC Upgrade to DEFINITY Generic 3rEPN MCC With Duplication

The DEFINITY Generic 1 EPN MCC upgrade to DEFINITY Generic 3r EPN MCC requires the fol-lowing:

d Remove TN776 Expansion Interface circuit pack (located in port slot 1 of cabinet positionA Expansion Control Carrier J58890AF). This will not be reused.

d Remove TN776 Expansion Interface circuit pack (located in port slot 2 of cabinet positionB Port Carrier J58890BB). This will not be reused.

d Install TN570 Expansion Interface circuit pack in port slot 1 of cabinet position A Expan-sion Control Carrier J58890AF.

d Install TN570 Expansion Interface circuit pack in port slot 2 of cabinet position B PortCarrier J58890BB.

d Port circuit packs that must be upgraded for G3r functionality can be installed at thistime. See Table U for a list of the circuit packs and their replacements.

144


DEFINITY Generic 1 EPN SCC Upgrade to DEFINITY Generic 3rEPN SCC Without Duplication

The DEFINITY Generic 1 EPN SCC upgrade to DEFINITY Generic 3r EPN SCC requires the fol-lowing:

d Remove TN776 Expansion Interface circuit pack (located in port slot 1 of cabinet positionA Expansion Control Cabinet J58890N). This will not be reused.

d Install TN570 Expansion Interface circuit pack in port slot 1 of cabinet position A Expan-sion Control Cabinet J58890N.


DEFINITY Generic 1 PPN SCC Upgrade to DEFINITY Generic 3rEPN SCC Without Duplication

The DEFINITY Generic 1 PPN SCC upgrade to DEFINITY Generic 3r EPN SCC requires the fol-lowing:

d Remove all port circuit packs in the cabinet position A Control Carrier J58890L. Thesewill be reused in the carrier replacement.

d Remove TN776 Expansion Interface circuit pack (located in port slot 1).

d Remove all other control circuit packs. These will not be reused except for TN768 ToneClock. A Control Cabinet supporting a single port network will have a TN756 Tone Gen-erator Clock instead of the TN768 Tone Clock. The TN756 Tone Generator clock cannotbe used in the upgrade, and must be replaced with the TN768 Tone Clock.

d Remove power unit (WP91153 for AC systems and 676B for DC systems). This will bereused.

d Remove inter-carrier cables. Only TDM/LAM bus cables (WP-91716, L3) and terminator(AHF110) will be reused.

d Replace Control Cabinet J58890L in cabinet position A with Expansion Control CabinetJ58890N in the cabinet position A.

d Reapply the TDM/LAN bus cables and terminator.

d Install power unit (WP91153 for AC systems and 676B for DC systems).

d Install TN775 Maintenance circuit pack.

d Install TN570 Expansion Interface circuit pack in port slot 1.

d Install TN768 Tone Clock circuit pack.

145


d Port circuit packs that were removed can be reinstalled in the Expansion Control Cabinet.Port circuit packs that must be upgraded for G3r functionality can be installed at thistime. See Table U for a list of the circuit packs and their replacements.

d One current limiter (CFY1) circuit pack is installed on the Expansion Control Cabinet incabinet position A.

d The AUX connection previously made to the A position Control Cabinet can also bereused to the new A position Expansion Control Cabinet. Note, however, that the AUXconnection will no longer support the INADS link. The terminal connections used previ-ously can also be reused to the new A position Expansion Control Cabinet.

DEFINITY Generic 1 EPN SCC Upgrade to DEFINITY Generic 3rEPN SCC With Duplication

The DEFINITY Generic 1 EPN SCC upgrade to DEFINITY Generic 3r EPN SCC requires the fol-lowing:

d Remove TN776 Expansion Interface circuit pack (located in port slot 1 of cabinet positionA of the Expansion Control Cabinet J58890N). This will not be reused.

d Remove TN776 Expansion Interface circuit pack (located in port slot 2 of cabinet positionB of the Port Carrier Cabinet J58890H). This will not be reused.

d Install TN570 Expansion Interface circuit pack in port slot 1 of cabinet position A of theExpansion Control Cabinet J58890N.

d Install TN570 Expansion Interface circuit pack in port slot 2 of cabinet position B of theExpansion Control Cabinet J58890H.


146


DEFINITY Generic 1 PPN SCC Upgrade to DEFINITY Generic 3rEPN SCC With Duplication

The DEFINITY Generic 1 PPN SCC upgrade to DEFINITY Generic 3r EPN SCC requires the fol-lowing:

d Remove all port circuit packs in the cabinet position A Control Cabinet J58890L. Thesewill be reused in the carrier replacement.

d Remove all port circuit packs in the cabinet position B Control Cabinet J58890M. Thesewill be reused in the carrier replacement.

d Remove TN776 Expansion Interface circuit pack (located in port slot 1 of cabinet positionA of the Control Cabinet J58890L). This circuit pack will not be reused.

d Remove TN776 Expansion Interface circuit pack (located in port slot 1 of cabinet positionB of the Control Cabinet J58890M). This circuit pack will not be reused.

d Remove all other control circuit packs from the cabinet position A Control CabinetJ58890L. These will not be reused except for the TN768 Tone Clock.

d Remove all other control circuit packs from the cabinet position B Control CabinetJ58890M. These will not be reused except for the TN768 Tone Clock.

d Remove power unit (WP91153 for AC systems and 676B for DC systems) from thecabinet position A Expansion Control Cabinet J58890L. This will be reused.

d Remove power unit (WP91153 for AC systems and 676B for DC systems) from thecabinet position B Expansion Control Cabinet J58890M. This will be reused.

d Remove inter-carrier cables from both cabinet position A and B. Only TDM/LAM buscables (WP-91716, L3) and terminators (AHF110) will be reused.

d Replace Control Cabinet J58890L in cabinet position A with Expansion Control CabinetJ58890N in the cabinet position A.

d Replace Control Cabinet J58890M in cabinet position B with Port Cabinet J58890H.

d Reapply the TDM/LAN bus cables and terminator to cabinet position A Expansion ControlCabinet J58890N.

d Reapply the TDM/LAN bus cables and terminator to cabinet position B Port CabinetJ58890H.

d Install power unit (WP91153 for AC systems and 676B for DC systems) in cabinet posi-tion A Expansion Control Cabinet J58890N.

d Install power unit (WP91153 for AC systems and 676B for DC systems) in cabinet posi-tion B Port Cabinet J58890H.

d Install TN775 Maintenance circuit pack in Expansion Control Cabinet J58890N.

d Install TN570 Expansion Interface circuit pack in port slot 1 of Expansion Control CabinetJ58890N.

d Install TN768 Tone Clock circuit pack in Expansion Control Cabinet J58890N.

147


d Port circuit packs that were removed from cabinet position A can be reinstalled in theExpansion Control Cabinet. Port circuit packs that must See Table U for a list of the cir-cuit packs and their replacements.

d Port circuit packs that were removed from cabinet position B can be reinstalled in thePort Cabinet. Port circuit packs that must be upgraded for G3r functionality can beinstalled at this time. See Table U for a list of the circuit packs and their replacements.

d One current limiter (CFY1) circuit pack is installed on the Expansion Control Cabinet incabinet position A.

d The AUX connection previously made to the A position Control Cabinet can also bereused to the new A position Expansion Control Cabinet. Note, however, that the AUXconnection will no longer support the INADS link. The terminal connections used previ-ously can also be reused to the new A position Expansion Control Cabinet.

d The Port Cabinets must be readministered. The first Port Cabinet is administered in theB position.

d Duplication cables H600-204 and Gx are added between the Expansion Control Cabinetand the cabinet position B Port Cabinet, connecting ICCA and ICCB pin fields.

d Install TN570 Expansion Interface circuit pack in port slot 1 of Expansion Control CabinetJ58890N.

d Install TN768 Tone Clock in port slot 1 of the cabinet position B Port Cabinet. Any circuitpack previously installed in this position must be relocated.

148


Additions to the System

The following additions can be made to an existing system.

Voice Terminal Additions

Voice terminals are added to a system if unused port slots are available. The voice terminalsmust be physically wired to the cross-connect field and the system. The Manager 1 or G3r-MTterminal is used to administer these voice terminals.

Circuit Pack Additions

Circuit packs are added to provide additional port capacity for voice terminals and features. Theuniversal port slots available with a system allow the installation of port and service circuit packswithout a service interruption.

Carrier Additions

A port carrier increases the port slot capacity. The multi-carrier cabinet houses up to four portcarriers. Adding a port carrier interrupts service.

Cabinet Additions

With a single-carrier cabinet system, cabinet additions provide an increase in port slot capacity.The port cabinets (up to three) are stacked on top of an existing control cabinet. Installing addi-tional cabinets interrupts service.

Expansion Port Network Addition

An Expansion Port Network (EPN) addition increases the line capacity of the system. With amulti-carrier cabinet system, the EPN cabinet provides additional port carriers. An ExpansionControl Cabinet equipped with a power unit, maintenance circuit pack, and a clock serves as thebasic EPN cabinet for a single-carrier cabinet system. Additional port cabinets, up to three, canbe stacked on the Expansion Control Cabinet. A fiber cable connects the EPN cabinet to thePPN cabinet. With the Duplication, two fiber cables connect the EPN cabinet to the PPN cabinet.

Software Feature Additions

Software Feature additions allow customers to buy an added software package feature such asAutomatic Route Selection (ARS). A special login is required to activate these features that arealways resident on the system tape.

149

aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa REFERENCES

REFERENCES

The following is an abbreviated listing of DEFINITY Generic 1 and Generic 3 documents.Included is a brief description of each document in the list. For a complete list of DEFINITY Gen-eric 1 documents, refer to the DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1—DocumentationGuide, 555-200-010.

To order copies of any of these documents, refer to the address on the back of this document’stitle page. In addition to the following documents, user instruction booklets are also available forall voice terminals that are orderable with the system.

AT&T Telecommunication Electrical Protection 350-060

Provides practical, functional information and application detail combined with training material fortelecommunication engineers in the electrical protection field.

Business Communications Systems Publications Catalog 555-000-010

Provides a list of publications that support AT&T business communications systems. Also pro-vides a brief description of each publication listed.

DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1 and System 75and System 85—Terminals and Adjuncts Installation and Test 555-015-104

Provides the information necessary to perform the tasks of installing and testing the system’scommon equipment. Includes a description of the necessary tools and equipment.

DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1 and System 75and System 85—Terminals and Adjuncts Reference 555-015-201

Provides concise physical and functional descriptions of the peripheral equipment that can beused with DEFINITY 75/85 Communications Systems and System 75 and System 85. It isintended as an aid for both AT&T and customer personnel in selecting appropriate componentsfor these systems and in training and management. Much of the information applies to DEFIN-ITY Communications System Generic 1 and Generic 3 peripherals as well.

DEFINITY Communications System and System 75and System 85—DS1/DMI/ISDN-PRI Reference 555-025-101

Provides both a broad and detailed description of the System 75 and System 85 DS1/DMI/ISDN-PRI Interface. Introduces and defines concepts and terminology unique to DS1/DMI/ISDN-PRI.Also includes applications, engineering procedures and considerations, cabling and connectionarrangements, administration requirements, restrictions and limitations, etc.

151

REFERENCES aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa

DEFINITY Communications SystemGeneric 1 and Generic 3—Feature Description 555-230-201

Provides a technical description of system features and parameters.

DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1—Console Operation 555-200-700

Provides ‘‘how-to-operate’’ instructions for the attendant console. Serves as a reference whendefining the console control keys and Incoming Call Identification requirements.

DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1 and Generic 3—Voice Terminal Operations 555-230-701

Describes all the voice features and provides the ‘‘how-to-operate’’ instructions for each voice ter-minal. Serves as a reference when defining user requirements.

DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1 and Generic 3—Automatic Call Distribution (ACD)—Agent Instructions 555-230-722

Provides information for use by agents after training is completed. The various ACD features aredescribed and the procedures for using them are provided in this document. The information inthis document applies to DEFINITY Generic 1 and Generic 3 systems.

DEFINITY Communications SystemGeneric 1 and Generic 3—Hospitality Operations 555-230-723

Contains the procedures for using the system’s hospitality services. These services include agroup of system-based features that support the lodging industry. Hotels and motels use thefeatures to improve their property management and to provide assistance to their employees andclients.

DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1 and Generic 3—Automatic Call Distribution (ACD)—Supervisor Instructions 555-230-724

Provides information for use by supervisors after training is completed. The various ACDfeatures are described and the procedures for using them are provided in this document. Theinformation in this document applies only to DEFINITY Generic 1 and Generic 3 systems.

DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1 and Generic 3—Installation and Test 555-230-104

Provides the information necessary to perform the tasks of installing and testing the system’scommon equipment. Includes a description of the necessary tools and equipment.

152

aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa REFERENCES

DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1 and Generic 3i—Maintenance 555-204-105

Provides the information necessary for monitoring, testing, and maintaining the system. It isintended to cover many of the faults and troubles that can occur in the DEFINITY Generic 1 andGeneric 3i systems.

DEFINITY Communications System Generic 3r—Maintenance 555-230-105

Provides the information necessary for monitoring, testing, and maintaining the system. It isintended to cover many of the faults and troubles that can occur in the DEFINITY Generic 3r sys-tem.

DEFINITY Communications SystemGeneric 1 and Generic 3i—Upgrades and Additions 555-204-106

Provides procedures and information for upgrading or making additions to an operational systemafter the initial switch installation. The document covers upgrades to Generic 1 from System 75and to Generic 3i from Generic 1 systems.

DEFINITY Communications System Generic 3r—Upgrades and Additions 555-230-106

Provides procedures and information for upgrading or making additions to an operational systemafter the initial switch installation. The document covers upgrades to Generic 3r from Generic 3isystems.

DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1 and Generic 3i—Wiring 555-204-111

Provides the information necessary for installing inside wiring.

DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1 and Generic 3—System Description 555-230-200

Provides a technical description of the system hardware, environmental and space requirements,and parameters. This document also provides a brief description of features and services.

DEFINITY Communications System Generic 3i—Implementation 555-230-650

Provides the procedures and associated forms for collecting system and terminal software infor-mation. This information is later used to initialize the system via the Manager I or G3r-MT termi-nal.

DEFINITY Communications System Generic 3r—Implementation 555-230-651

Provides the procedures and associated forms for collecting system and terminal software infor-mation. This information is later used to initialize the system via the Manager I or G3r-MT termi-nal.

153

aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS

ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS

AAR Automatic Alternate RoutingAC Alternating CurrentACA Automatic Circuit AssuranceACD Automatic Call DistributionACU Automatic Call UnitACW After Call WorkAD Abbreviated DialingADU Asynchronous Data UnitAIM Asynchronous Interface ModuleALM-ACK Alarm AcknowledgeAMW Automatic Message WaitingAN AnalogANI Automatic Number IdentificationAP Applications ProcessorAPLT Advanced Private Line TerminationARS Automatic Route SelectionASAI Adjunct Switch Application InterfaceASCII American Standard Code for Information InterchangeATB All Trunks BusyAUDIX Audio Information ExchangeAVD Alternate Voice DataAWG American Wire GuageAWT Average Work Time

BCC Bearer Capability ClassBCMS Basic Call Management SystemBCS Business Communications SystemBCT Business Communications TerminalBDC Business Communication Systems Design CenterBHCC Busy Hour Call CompletionsBLF Busy Lamp FieldBOS Bit Oriented SignalingBRI Basic Rate InterfaceBTU British Thermal Unit

CACR Cancellation of Authorization Code RequestCAG Call Answer GroupCAMA Centralized Automatic Message AccountingCAS Centralized Attendant ServiceCBC Call-By-CallCCITT Consultative Committee for International Telephone

and TelegraphCCMS Common Channel Message SetCCS Hundred Call SecondsCCSA Common Control Switching Arrangement

155

ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa

CDM Channel Division MultiplexingCDOS Customer-Dialed and Operator-ServicedCDR Call Detail RecordingCDRR Call Detail Recording and ReportingCDRU Call Detail Recording UtilityCEM Channel Expansion MultiplexCI Clock InputCMDR Centralized Message Detail RecorderCMS Call Management SystemCO Central OfficeCOR Class of RestrictionCOS Class of ServiceCPE Customer Premises EquipmentCPN/BN Calling Party Number/Billing NumberCPS Characters Per SecondCPTR Call Progress Tone ReceiverCRC Cyclical Redundancy CheckingCSA Canadian Safety AssociationCSD Customer Service DocumentCSM Centralized System ManagementCSS Center Stage SwitchCSU Channel Service Unit

DC Direct CurrentDCE Data Communications EquipmentDCP Digital Communications ProtocolDCS Distributed Communications SystemDDC Direct Department CallingDDD Direct Distance DialingDID Direct Inward DialingDIOD Direct Inward/Outward DialingDLC Data Line CircuitDLDM Data Line Data ModuleDMI Digital Multiplexed InterfaceDND Do Not DisturbDNIS Dialed Number Identification ServiceDOD Direct Outward DialingDOSS Delivery Operations Support SystemDS1 Data Services Level 1DSI Digital Service InterfaceDSU Data Service UnitDTDM Digital Terminal Data ModuleDTE Data Terminal EquipmentDTGS Direct Trunk Group SelectDTMF Dual Tone MultifrequencyDXS Direct Extension Selection

E&M Ear and Mouth (Receive and Transmit)

156


EBCDIC Extended Binary Coded Decimal Interexchange CodeEI Expansion InterfaceEIA Electronic Industries AssociationEMI Electro-Magnetic InterferenceEPN Expansion Port NetworkEPROM Erasable Programmable Read Only MemoryEPSCS Enhanced Private Switched Communications ServicesESF Extended Superframe FormatETN Electronic Tandem Network

FAC Feature Access CodeFAS Facility Associated SignalingFCC Federal Communications CommissionFIC Facility Interface CodesFNPA Foreign Numbering Plan Area CodeFRL Facility Restriction LevelFSAC Field Support Administration CenterFX Foreign Exchange

GPTR General Purpose Tone ReceiverGRS Generalized Route Selection

HNPA Home Numbering Plan Area Code

IAS Inter-PBX Attendant ServiceIC Inter-CabinetICC Inter-Carrier CableICI Incoming Call IdentifierICM Inbound Call ManagementIDDD International Direct Distance DialingIDI Isolating Data InterfaceIE Information ElementINADS Initialization and Administration SystemINS ISDN Network ServiceINWATS Inward Wide Area Telephone ServiceISDN Integrated Services Digital NetworkISDN-BRI Integrated Services Digital Network-Basic Rate InterfaceISDN-PRI Integrated Services Digital Network-Primary Rate InterfaceISN Information Systems NetworkITP Installation Test ProcedureIXC Inter-Exchange Carrier Code

KBPS Kilobits Per Second

LAN Local Area NetworkLDN Listed Directory NumberLED Light-Emitting DiodeLSU Local Storage Units

157


LWC Leave Word Calling

M-Bus Memory BusMA-UUI Message Associated User-to-User SignalingMBPS Megabits Per SecondMCC Multi-Carrier CabinetMCS Message Center ServiceMDM Modular Data ModuleMDR Message Detail RecordMET Multibutton Electronic TelephoneMIS Management Information SystemMISCID Miscellaneous IdentificationMMS Material Management ServicesMOS Message Oriented SignalingMS Message ServerMSA Message Service AdjunctMPDM Modular Processor Data ModuleMTDM Modular Trunk Data ModuleMTP Maintenance Tape ProcessorMTT Multi-Tasking TerminalMWL Message Waiting Lamp

NAU Network Access UnitNCOSS Network Control Operations Support CenterNCSO National Customer Support OrganizationNFAS Non-Facility Associated SignalingNID Network Inward DialingNPA Numbering Plan Area CodeNPE Network Processing ElementNQC Number of Queued CallsNSE Night Service ExtensionNSU Network Sharing UnitNXX Public Network Office Code

OCM Outbound Call ManagementOPS Off-Premises StationOQT Oldest Queued TimeOSHA Occupational Safety and Health ActOSS Operations Support System

PBX Private Branch ExchangePC Personal ComputerPCOL Personal Central Office LinePCOLG Personal Central Office Line GroupPCM Pulse Code ModulatedPCS Permanent Switched CallsPDM Processor Data ModulePDS Premises Distribution System

158


PE Processing ElementPEC Price Element CodePGN Partitioned Group NumberPIB Processor Interface BoardPL Private LinePMS Property Management SystemPN Port NetworkPNA Private Networking Automatic Alternate RoutingPPN Processor Port NetworkPRI Primary Rate InterfacePSC Premises Service ConsultantPSDN Packet Switch Public Data NetworkPT Personal Terminal

RAM Random Access MemoryRCL Restricted Call ListRHNPA Remote Home Numbering Plan Area CodeRLT Release Link TrunkRNX Private Network Office CodeROM Read Only MemoryRPN Routing Plan Number

SAKI Sanity and Control InterfaceSCC Single Carrier CabinetSCI Switch Communications InterfaceSCO System Control OfficeSDDN Software Defined Data NetworkSDN Software Defined NetworkSID Station Identification NumberSIT Special Information TonesSMDR Station Message Detail RecordingSPE Switch Processing ElementSPID Service Profile IdentifierSSI Standard Serial InterfaceSTARLAN Star-based Local Area NetworkST3 Stratum 3 Clock Board

TAAS Trunk Answer From Any StationTAC Trunk Access CodeTC Technical ConsultantTCM Traveling Class MarkTDM Trunk Data ModuleTEG Terminating Extension GroupsTOD Time of DayTOP Task Oriented ProtocolTSC Technical Service CenterTTR Touch-Tone ReceiverTTTN Tandem Tie Trunk Network

159


TTY Teletypewriter

UAP Usage Allocation PlanUCD Uniform Call DistributionUCL Unrestricted Call ListUDP Uniform Dial PlanUPS Uninterruptible Power Supply

VDN Vector Directory NumberVM Voltmeter

WATS Wide Area Telecommunications ServiceWGS WorkGroup System

160

aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa GLOSSARY

GLOSSARY

A aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaAccess Code

A 1-, 2-, or 3-digit dial code used to activate or cancel a feature or access an outgoingtrunk. The star (*) and pound (#) can be used as the first digit of an access code.

Access Endpoint

Either a non-signaling channel on a DS1 interface or a non-signaling port on an AnalogTie Trunk circuit pack that is assigned a unique extension.

Access Tie Trunks

Tie trunks used to handle normal Electronic Tandem Network (ETN) calls between mainand tandem switches.

Adjunct Switch Application Interface (ASAI)

An AT&T recommendation for interfacing adjuncts and communications systems, basedon the CCITT Q.932 specification for layer 3.

Administer

To access and change the parameters associated with the services or features of thesystem.

Answer-Back Code

A code dialed to retrieve a parked call.

Appearance

See Call Appearance.

Asynchronous Data Transmission

A scheme for transmitting data where each character is preceded by a start bit and fol-lowed by a stop bit, thus permitting data elements to occur at irregular intervals. Thistype transmission is advantageous when transmission is not regular (characters typed ata keyboard).

Asynchronous Data Unit (ADU)

A data communications equipment (DCE)-type device that allows direct connectionbetween EIA-232C equipment and the system digital switch.

161

GLOSSARY aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa

Attendant

The operator of the console.

Applications Processor

A minicomputer used to support several user-controlled applications such as trafficanalysis and electronic documentation.

Attendant Console

An electronic call-handling position with pushbutton control. Used by attendants toanswer and place calls and to manage and monitor some of the system operations.

Audio Information Exchange (AUDIX)

A unit that provides voice mail service to users.

Automatic Trunk

A trunk that does not require the sending or receiving of digits. The destination ispredetermined. A request for service on the trunk (called a seizure) is sufficient to routethe call. The normal destination of an automatic trunk is the system attendant group.

Automatic Restoration

A service that restores disrupted connections between access endpoints (non-signalingtrunks) and data endpoints (devices that connect the switch to dataterminal/communications equipment). This restoration is achieved within seconds of aservice disruption so that critical data applications can remain operational.

B aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaBarrier Code

A security code used with the Remote Access feature to prevent unauthorized access tothe system.

Bit (Binary Digit)

One unit of information in binary notation (having two possible states or values, zeroor one).

Bridge (Bridging)

The appearance of a voice terminal’s extension at one or more other voice terminals.

162


Bridged Appearance

A call appearance on a voice terminal that matches a call appearance on another voiceterminal for the duration of a call.

Buffer

A circuit or component that isolates one electrical circuit from another. Typically, a bufferholds data from one circuit or process until another circuit or process is ready to acceptthe data.

Bus

A multi-conductor electrical path used to transfer information over a common connectionfrom any of several sources to any of several destinations.

Bus, Time Division Multiplex

See Time Division Multiplex Bus.

Business Communications Terminal

An advanced series of semi-intelligent terminals.

Bypass Tie Trunks

One-way, outgoing tie trunks from a tandem switch to a main switch in an Electronic Tan-dem Network (ETN). These trunks, provided in limited quantities, are used as a ‘‘last-choice’’ route when all trunks to another tandem switch are busy. Bypass tie trunks areused only if all applicable intertandem trunks are busy.

Byte

A sequence of bits, 8 bits long, that is usually shorter than a word. A word is 16 bitslong.

C aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaCall Appearance, Attendant Console

Six buttons, labeled a through f, used to originate, receive, and hold calls. Each buttonhas two associated lamps to show the status of the call appearance.

Call Appearance, Voice Terminal

A button labeled with an extension number used to place outgoing calls, receive incomingcalls, or hold calls. Two lamps next to the button show the status of the call appearanceor status of the call.

163


Call Management System (CMS)

An adjunct processor that collects data from an ACD and generates reports to be storedor displayed concerning status of agents, splits, and trunks.

Callback Call

A call that is automatically returned to a voice terminal user who activated the AutomaticCallback or Ringback Queuing feature.

Call Vector

A set of up to 15 vector commands to be performed for an incoming or internal call.

Call Waiting Ringback Tone

A low-pitched tone identical to the ringback tone except that the tone decreases duringthe last 0.2 second. This tone notifies the attendant that the Attendant Call Waitingfeature has been activated and that the called user is aware of the waiting call.

Call Work Code

A number, up to 16 digits, entered by ACD agents to record the occurrence of customer-defined events (such as account codes, social security numbers, or phone numbers) onACD calls.

Central Office (CO)

The location housing telephone switching equipment that provides local telephone ser-vice and access to toll facilities for long-distance calling.

Central Office Codes

The first three digits of a 7-digit public network telephone number. These codes arenumbered from 200 through 999.

Central Office Trunk

A telecommunications channel that provides access from the system to the public net-work through the local central office.

Channel

A communications path for transmitting voice and data.

Class of Restriction (COR)

A number (0 through 63) that specifies the restrictions assigned to voice terminals, voiceterminal groups, data modules, and trunk groups.

164


Class of Service (COS)

A number (0 through 15) that specifies if voice terminal users can activate the AutomaticCallback, Call Forwarding—All Calls, Data Privacy, or Priority Calling features.

Common Control Switching Arrangement (CCSA)

A private telecommunications network using dedicated trunks and a shared switchingcenter for interconnecting company locations.

Confirmation Tone

Three short bursts of tone followed by silence; indicates that the feature activated, deac-tivated, or canceled has been accepted.

Console

See Attendant Console.

Coverage Answer Group

A group of up to eight voice terminals that ring simultaneously when a call is redirected toit by Call Coverage. Any one of the group can answer the call.

Coverage Call

A call that is automatically redirected from the called party’s extension number to analternate answering position when certain coverage criteria are met.

Coverage Path

The order in which calls are redirected to alternate answering positions.

Coverage Point

The attendant positions (as a group), Direct Department Calling group, Uniform Call Dis-tribution group, Coverage Answer Group, a voice terminal extension, or Message CenterHunt Group designated as an alternate answering position in a coverage path.

Covering User

The person at an alternate answering position who answers a coverage call.

D aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaData Channel

A communications path between two points used to transmit digital signals.

165


Data Communications Equipment (DCE)

The equipment on the network side of a communication link that provides all the func-tions required to make the binary serial data from the source or transmitter compatiblewith the communications channel.

Data Terminal Equipment (DTE)

Equipment comprising the source or link of data, or both, that also provides communica-tion control functions (protocol). DTE is any piece of equipment at which a communica-tions path begins or ends.

Delay-Dial Trunk

After a request for service (called a seizure) is detected on an incoming trunk, the systemsends a momentary signal followed by a steady tone over the trunk. This informs the cal-ling party that dialing can start. This type of trunk allows dialing directly into the system.That is, the digits are received as they are dialed.

Designated Voice Terminal

The specific voice terminal to which calls, originally directed to a certain extensionnumber, are redirected. Commonly used to mean the ‘‘forwarded-to’’ terminal when CallForwarding All Calls is active.

Dial Repeating Tie Trunk

A telecommunications channel between two private switching systems. The numberdialed is repeated or dialed-in at the distant end.

Digital Communications Protocol (DCP)

Defines the capability for providing simultaneous voice and data transmission over thesame channel.

Digital Data Endpoints

In DEFINITY Generic 1, digital data endpoints include the following:

d 510D Personal Terminal or 515-Type Business Communications Terminal

d 7404D Terminals

d 7406D or 7407D Equipped With Optional Data Module Base

d Asynchronous Data Units

d Digital Terminal Data Modules

d Modular Processor Data Modules

d Modular Trunk Data Modules

d 3270 Data Modules

d Internal Data Channels

166


Digital Multiplexed Interface (DMI)

Specifies the remote interface requirements for multiplexed data communicationsbetween a host computer and a private switching system.

Digital Terminal Data Module (DTDM)

An adjunct to Model 7403D or 7405D voice terminals. Provides the required interfacebetween the system and a data terminal such as a 513 BCT.

Digital Trunk

A circuit in a telecommunications channel designed to handle digital voice and data.

Digit Conversion

A process used to convert specific dialed numbers into other dialed numbers. ARS usesDigit Conversion to convert public network numbers (ARS) to private network numbers(AAR) in order to save toll charges. AAR uses Digit Conversion to convert private net-work numbers (ARS) to other private or public network numbers (AAR).

Direct Extension Selection (DXS)

An option at the attendant console that allows an attendant direct access to voice termi-nals by pressing a Group Select button and a DXS button.

Distributed Communications System (DCS)

A network of two or more switches, each with its terminals and trunks, configured to func -tion as a single large system.

E aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaElectronic Tandem Network (ETN)

A special tandem tie trunk network that has automatic call routing capabilities based onthe number dialed and most preferred route available at the time the call is placed. Eachswitch in the network is assigned a unique private network office code (RNX) and eachvoice terminal is assigned a unique extension number.

End-to-End Signaling

The transmission of touch-tone signals generated by dialing from a voice terminal user toremote computer equipment. A connection must first be established over an outgoingtrunk from the calling party to the computer equipment. Then additional digits can bedialed to transmit information to be processed by the computer equipment.

167


Enhanced Private Switched Communications Service (EPSCS)

A private telecommunications network that provides advanced voice and data telecom-munications services to companies with many locations.

Extension Number

A 1- to 5-digit number assigned to each voice terminal, certain system groups, datamodules, 510D Personal Terminals, or 515 BCTs within the system. A 1- or 5-digitextension number is available for Version 2 and Version 3.

External Call

A connection between a system user and a party on the public telephone network or on atie trunk.

F aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaFacility

A general term used for the telecommunications transmission pathway and associatedequipment.

Feature

A specifically defined function or service provided by the system.

Feature Button

A labeled button on a voice terminal or attendant console designating a specific feature.

Foreign Exchange (FX)

A central office other than the one providing local access to the public telephone network.

Foreign Exchange Trunk

A telecommunications channel that directly connects the system to a central office otherthan its local central office.

Foreign Numbering Plan Area Code (FNPA)

An area code other than the local area code. The foreign area code must be dialed tocall outside the local geographical area.

168


G aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaGround-Start Trunk

On outgoing calls, the system transmits a request for services to the distant switchingsystem by grounding the trunk ring lead. When the distant system is ready to receive thedigits of the called number, that system grounds the trunk tip lead. When the systemdetects this ground, the digits are sent. (Tip and ring are common nomenclature to dif-ferentiate between ground-start trunk leads.) On incoming calls, detection of ground onthe ring lead is sufficient to cause the call to route to a predetermined destination, nor-mally the system attendant group. No digits are received.

H aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaHandshaking Logic

A format used to initiate a data connection between two data module devices.

Home Numbering Plan Area Code (HNPA)

The local area code. The area code does not have to be dialed to call numbers withinthe local geographical area.

I aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaImmediate-Start Tie Trunk

After establishing a connection with the distant switching system for an outgoing call, thesystem waits a nominal 65 milliseconds before sending the digits of the called number.This allows time for the distant system to prepare to receive the digits. Similarly, on anincoming call, the system has less than 65 milliseconds to prepare to receive the digits.

Information Exchange

The exchange of data between users of two different systems (DEFINITY G1 and hostcomputer) over a local area network.

In-Use Lamp

A red lamp on a multi-appearance voice terminal that lights to show which call appear-ance will be selected when the handset is lifted or which call appearance is active when auser is off-hook.

Intercept Tone

An alternating high and low tone; indicates a dialing error or denial of the servicerequested.

169


Interface

A common boundary between two systems or pieces of equipment.

Internal Call

A connection between two users within the system.

ISDN Gateway

An adjunct network that forwards information from the switch to a host for data screendelivery to agents in an ACD split.

L aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaLink

A transmitter-receiver channel or system that connects two locations.

Loop-Start Trunk

After establishing a connection with the distant switching system for an outgoing call, thesystem waits for a signal on the loop formed by the trunk leads before sending the digitsof the called number. On incoming calls, the received request for service is sufficient tocause the call to route to a predetermined destination, normally the system attendantgroup. No digits are received.

M aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaMain/Satellite/Tributary

A main switch provides interconnection, via tie trunks, with one or more subtendingswitches, called satellites; all attendant positions for the main/satellite configuration, andaccess to and from the public network. To a user outside the complex, a main/satelliteconfiguration appears as a single switch, with a single Listed Directory Number (LDN). Atributary is a switch, connected to the main switch via tie trunks, but which has its ownattendant position(s) and its own LDN.

Message Center

An answering service for calls that might otherwise go unanswered; an agent acceptsand stores messages for later retrieval. (Requires an Applications Processor.)

Message Center Agent

A member of the Message Center Hunt Group who takes and retrieves messages forvoice terminal users.

170


Modular Processor Data Module (MPDM)

See Processor Data Module.

Modular Trunk Data Module (MTDM)

See Trunk Data Module.

Modem Pooling

Provides shared-use conversion resources that eliminate the need for a dedicatedmodem when a data module accesses, or is accessed by, an analog line or trunk.

Multi-Appearance Voice Terminal

A terminal equipped with several call appearance buttons for the same extensionnumber. Allows the user to handle more than one call, on that same extension number,at the same time.

Multiplexer

A device for simultaneous transmission of two or more signals over a common transmis-sion medium.

N aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaNetwork

An arrangement of inter- and/or intra-location circuits designed to perform specific func-tions.

P aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaPaging Trunk

A telecommunications channel used to access an amplifier for loudspeaker paging.

Pickup Group

A group of individuals authorized to answer any call directed to an extension numberwithin the group.

Port

A designation of the location of a circuit that provides an interface between the systemand lines and/or trunks.

171


Principal (User)

In terms of Call Coverage, a person for whom a call was originally intended.

Private Network

A network used exclusively for handling the telecommunications needs of a particularcustomer.

Private Network Office Code (RNX)

The first three digits of a 7-digit private network number. These codes are numbered 220through 999, excluding any codes that have a zero or one as the second digit.

Processor Data Module (PDM)

Provides the required interface between the system and an EIA computer or dataterminal.

Property Management System (PMS)

A stand-alone computer which lodging and health services organizations use for servicessuch as reservations, housekeeping, billing, etc.

Protocol

A set of conventions or rules governing the format and timing of message exchanges tocontrol data movement and correction of errors.

Public Network

The network that can be openly accessed by all customers for local or long-distancecalling.

Q aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaQueue

An ordered sequence of calls waiting to be processed.

Queuing

The process of holding calls in order of their arrival to await connection to an attendant,to an answering group, or to an idle trunk. Calls are automatically connected in first-in,first-out sequence.

172


R aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaRandom Access Memory (RAM)

A storage arrangement whereby information can be retrieved at a speed independent ofthe location of the stored information.

Read Only Memory (ROM)

A storage arrangement primarily for information retrieval applications.

Recall Dial Tone

Three short bursts of tone followed by steady dial tone; indicates that the system hascompleted some action (such as holding a call) and is ready to accept dialing.

Redirection Criteria

The information administered for each voice terminal’s coverage path that determineswhen an incoming call is redirected to coverage.

Remote Home Numbering Plan Area Code (RHNPA)

A foreign numbering plan area code that is treated as a home area code by theAutomatic Route Selection feature. Calls can be allowed or denied based on the areacode and the dialed central office code rather than just the area code. If the call isallowed, the Automatic Route Selection pattern used for the call is determined by thesesix digits.

Removable Mass Storage Subsystem (RMSS)

A tape storage device that stores the software information for the system.

Reorder Tone

A fast-busy tone repeated 120 times a minute; indicates that at least one of the facilities,such as a trunk or a digit transmitter, required for the call was not available at the timethe call was placed.

S aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaService Profile Identifier (SPID)

A unique number of up to 10 digits, assigned to an Integrated Services Digital Network(ISDN) terminal, that will be used for terminal identification during level-3 initialization.

173


Single-Line Voice Terminals

Voice terminals served by a single-line tip and ring circuit (Models 500, 2500, 7101A,7103A).

Software

A set of computer programs that accomplish one or more tasks.

Split

A condition whereby a caller is temporarily separated from a connection with the atten-dant. This split condition automatically occurs when the attendant, active on a call,presses the Start button.

Standard Serial Interface (SSI)

A communications protocol developed by AT&T Teletype Corporation for use with the500-series Business Communications Terminals and the 400-series printers.

Status Lamp

A green lamp that shows the status of a call appearance or a feature button by the stateof the lamp (lighted, flashing, fluttering, broken flutter, or dark).

Stroke Counts

Method used by ACD agents to record up to nine customer-defined events on a per-callbasis when the Call Management System (CMS) is active.

Switchhook

The button(s) on a voice terminal located under the receiver.

Synchronous Data Transmission

A scheme for sending and receiving data, where data elements may occur only at regularspecified times. Sending and receiving devices must operate in step with each other.

System Manager

A person responsible for specifying and administering features and services for the sys-tem.

System Reload

A process that allows stored data to be written from a tape into the system memory (nor-mally after a power outage).

174


T aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaTandem Switch

A switch within an Electronic Tandem Network (ETN) that provides the logic to determinethe best route for a network call, possibly modifies the digits outpulsed, and allows ordenies certain calls to certain users.

Tandem Through

The switched connection of an incoming trunk to an outgoing trunk without human inter-vention.

Tandem Tie Trunk Network (TTTN)

A private network that interconnects several customer switching systems by dial repeat-ing tie trunks. Access to the various systems is dictated by codes that must be individu-ally dialed for each system.

Tie Trunk

A telecommunications channel that directly connects two private switching systems.

Time Division Multiplex Bus

A special bus that is time shared by preallocating short time slots to each transmitter ona regular basis. In a PBX, all port circuits are connected to the time division multiplexbus permitting any port to send a signal to any other port.

Tone Ringer

A device with a speaker, used in electronic voice terminals to alert the user.

Trunk

A telecommunications channel between two switching systems.

Trunk Data Module (TDM)

Provides the required interface between the system and a data set (modem) or data ser-vice unit connected to a private or switched data line.

Trunk Group

Telecommunications channels assigned as a group for certain functions.

175


U aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaUniform Dial Plan (UDP)

A feature that allows a unique 4- or 5-digit number assignment for each terminal in amulti-switch configuration, such as a Distributed Communications System (DCS) or aMain/Satellite/Tributary configuration.

V aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaVoice Terminal

A single-line or multi-appearance voice instrument (telephone).

W aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaWide Area Telecommunications Service (WATS)

A service that allows calls to a certain area or areas for a flat-rate charge based onexpected usage.

Wink-Start Tie Trunk

After establishing a connection with a distant switching system for an outgoing call, thesystem waits for a momentary signal (wink) before sending the digits of the callednumber. Similarly, on an incoming call, the system sends the wink signal when ready toreceive digits.

Write Operation

The process of putting information onto a storage medium such as magnetic tape.

176

aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa Index

Index

A

AAR/ARS Partitioning, 8Abandoned Call Search, 7, 12Abbreviated Dialing, 7, 12AC Power Requirements, 115Acoustic Noise Levels, 113Additions

General, 135Adjunct Quantities, 49Administered Connection/Access

Endpoint, 7, 13Agent Call Handling, 7, 13Air Purity

Equipment Room, 112Air Requirements

Equipment Room, 111Alphanumeric Dialing, 7Alternate Facility Restriction Levels, 7Analog Line Interface

TN479, 83TN742, 79TN746, 82TN769, 84

Announcement Circuit Pack (TN750), 91Attendant

Call Waiting, 7Control of Trunk Group Access, 7Direct Extension Selection With Busy

Lamp Field, 7Direct Trunk Group Selection, 7Display, 7Recall, 7Release Loop Operation, 7

Attendant ConsoleReplacement, 141

Audio Information Exchange (AUDIX)Interface, 7, 13

Authorization Codes, 7, 14Automatic

Callback, 8Incoming Call Display, 8, 14Wakeup, 8, 15

Automatic Alternate Routing (AAR), 8, 14Automatic Available Split, 8Automatic Call Distribution (ACD), 8, 14

Automatic Circuit Assurance (ACA), 8Automatic Route Selection (ARS), 14

Partitioning, 14Automatic Trunk Measurement System, 8Auxiliary Trunk

TN763, 85

B

Basic Call Management System(BCMS), 8, 15

Battery BackupMulti-Carrier System, 131Single-Carrier System, 133

Battery Reserve, 132Bridged Call Appearance

Multi-Appearance Voice Terminal, 8Single-Line Voice Terminal, 8

Bulk Station Administration, 8Busy Verification of Terminals and Trunks, 8

C

Cabinet Additions, 149Call

Coverage, 8Forwarding All Calls, 8Park, 8Pickup, 8Waiting Termination, 8

Call ClassifierTN744, 81

Call Detail Recording (CDR), 8, 15, 16Account Code Dialing, 8Output Devices and Connections, 53Variable Format Reports, 8

Call Party Number/Billing Number(CPN/BN), 8, 17

Call Prompting, 8, 17Call Vectoring, 8, 17Call-By-Call Service Selection, 8, 15CallVisor Adjunct Switch Application

Interface (ASAI), 7, 12

177

Index aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa

Central Office TrunkTN465, 86TN747, 85

Centralized Attendant Service (CAS)Branch, 8Branch or Main, 17

Circuit PacksAdditions, 149Analog Line Interface (TN769), 84Analog Line (TN479), 83Analog Line (TN742), 79Analog Line (TN746), 82Announcement (TN750), 91Auxiliary Trunk (TN763), 85Call Classifier (TN744), 81Central Office Trunk (TN465), 86Central Office Trunk (TN747), 85Data Line (TN726), 86Determination, 75Digital Line (TN754), 87Direct Inward Dialing (DID)

Trunk (TN429), 88Direct Inward Dialing (DID)

Trunk (TN753), 88Disk Drive (TN1657), 76DS1 Digital Trunk (TN464), 90DS1 Digital Trunk (TN767), 89DS1/DMI Digital Trunk (TN722), 89For PPN, Upgrades, 141Hybrid Line (TN762), 91Integrated Pooled Modem (TN758), 91ISDN-BRI Line (TN556), 77MET Line (TN735), 92Packet Data Line (TN553), 76Packet Gateway (TN577), 78Speech Synthesizer (TN725), 92Summation of, 94Tie Trunk (TN760), 92Tone Clock (TN741 or TN768), 93Tone Clock (TN780), 93Tone Detector (TN748), 93

Class of Restriction (COR), 8Class of Service (COS), 8Code Calling Access, 8, 18Conference

Attendant, 8Terminal, 8

Consult, 8

CoverageCallback, 8Incoming Call Identification, 8

Cross-Connect Field, 133Customer-Provided Equipment (CPE)

Alarm, 8

D

DataCall Setup, 8, 18Communications Adjuncts, 58Hot Line, 8Modules, 55Modules, 7400A, 56Modules, 7400B, 56Modules, 7500B, 56Privacy, 8Restriction, 8Terminals, System, 62

Data Communications Equipment (DCE), 52Data Line Circuit Pack (TN726), 86Data-Only Off-Premises Extensions, 8, 19Data/Voice Terminal

Equipment Assignments, 45Totals, 45

DC PowerMulti-Carrier Cabinet System, 122Requirements, Equipment Room, 122Single-Carrier Cabinet System, 127

D-Channel Backup, 8, 18Default Dialing, 9Desktop Space

Equipment Room, 110Dial Access to Attendant, 9Dial Plan, 9Dialed Number Identification Service

(DNIS), 9, 19Digital Line Circuit Pack (TN754), 87Digital Multiplexed Interface (DMI), 9, 19Direct Department Calling and Uniform Call

Distribution, 9, 19Direct Inward Dialing (DID), 9, 20

Trunk Circuit Pack (TN429), 88Trunk Circuit Pack (TN753), 88

Direct Outward Dialing (DOD), 9, 20Disk Drive

TN1657, 76

178


Display Terminals and Printers, 61Distinctive Ringing, 9Distributed Communications System

(DCS), 19, 65Alphanumeric Display for Terminals, 9Attendant Control of Trunk Group Access, 9Attendant Direct Trunk Group Selection, 9Attendant Display, 9Automatic Callback, 9Automatic Circuit Assurance (ACA), 9Busy Verification of Terminals and Trunks, 9Call Forwarding All Calls, 9Call Waiting, 9Distinctive Ringing, 9Leave Word Calling, 9Multi-Appearance Conference/Transfer, 9Trunk Group Busy/Warning Indication, 9

DistributionWiring, 133

Do Not Disturb, 9, 20Documents

Reference, 151DS1

Digital Trunk Circuit Pack (TN464), 90Digital Trunk Circuit Pack (TN767), 89Tie Trunk Service, 9, 20

DS1/DMIDigital Trunk Circuit Pack (TN722), 89

E

Earthquake Protection, 104EIA Interface, 9, 20Electrical Requirements

Equipment Room, 112Emergency Access to Attendant, 9, 20Enhanced Trunk Signaling and Error

Recovery, 9EPN Upgrade

From System 75 to, 137EPN With Duplication

Upgrade To, 144, 146EPN Without Duplication

Upgrade To, 143Equipment Assignments

Data/Voice Terminal, 45

Equipment RoomAir Purity, 112Air Requirements, 111DC Power Requirements, 122Desktop Space, 110Earthquake Protection, 104Electrical Requirements, 112Floor Loading, 103Floor Plans and Layouts, 103Floor Space, 104Grounding, 128Lighting, 112Noise Levels, 113Noise Suppression, 112Power Requirements, 115Requirements, 103Wall Space Requirements, 110

F

FacilitiesNetwork Access, 73

Facility Busy Indication, 9Facility Restriction Levels and Traveling

Class Marks, 9, 20Facility Test Calls, 9Features

AAR/ARS Partitioning, 8Abandoned Call Search, 7, 12Abbreviated Dialing, 7, 12Administered Connection/Access

Endpoint, 7, 13Agent Call Handling, 7, 13Alphanumeric Dialing, 7Alternate Facility Restriction Levels, 7ARS Partitioning, 14Attendant Call Waiting, 7Attendant Control of Trunk Group Access, 7Attendant Direct Extension Selection With

Busy Lamp Field, 7Attendant Direct Trunk Group Selection, 7Attendant Display, 7Attendant Recall, 7Attendant Release Loop Operation, 7AUDIX Interface, 7, 13Authorization Codes, 7, 14Automatic Alternate Routing (AAR), 8, 14Automatic Available Split, 8

179


Automatic Call Distribution (ACD), 8, 14Automatic Callback, 8Automatic Circuit Assurance (ACA), 8Automatic Incoming Call Display, 8, 14Automatic Route Selection (ARS), 14Automatic Trunk Measurement System, 8Automatic Wakeup, 8, 15Basic Call Management System

(BCMS), 8, 15Bridged Call Appearance, Multi-Appearance

Voice Terminal, 8Bridged Call Appearance, Single-Line Voice

Terminal, 8Bulk Station Administration, 8Busy Verification of Terminals and Trunks, 8Call Coverage, 8Call Detail Recording (CDR), 8, 15, 16Call Forwarding All Calls, 8Call Park, 8Call Party Number/Billing Number

(CPN/BN), 8, 17Call Pickup, 8Call Prompting, 8, 17Call Vectoring, 8, 17Call Waiting Termination, 8Call-By-Call Service Selection, 8, 15CallVisor Adjunct Switch Application

Interface (ASAI), 7, 12CDR Account Code Dialing, 8CDR Variable Format Reports, 8Centralized Attendant Service (CAS),

Branch, 8Centralized Attendant Service (CAS),

Branch or Main, 17Class of Restriction (COR), 8Class of Service (COS), 8Code Calling Access, 8, 18Conference, Attendant, 8Conference, Terminal, 8Consult, 8Coverage Callback, 8Coverage Incoming Call Identification, 8Customer-Provided Equipment (CPE)

Alarm, 8Data Call Setup, 8, 18Data Hot Line, 8Data Privacy, 8Data Restriction, 8Data-Only Off-Premises Extensions, 8, 19

D-Channel Backup, 8, 18DCS, 19DCS, Alphanumeric Display for Terminals, 9DCS, Attendant Control of Trunk Group

Access, 9DCS, Attendant Direct Trunk Group

Selection, 9DCS, Attendant Display, 9DCS, Automatic Callback, 9DCS, Automatic Circuit Assurance

(ACA), 9DCS, Busy Verification of Terminals and

Trunks, 9DCS, Call Forwarding All Calls, 9DCS, Call Waiting, 9DCS, Distinctive Ringing, 9DCS, Leave Word Calling, 9DCS, Multi-Appearance Conference/

Transfer, 9DCS, Trunk Group Busy/Warning

Indication, 9Default Dialing, 9Determination, 7Dial Access to Attendant, 9Dial Plan, 9Dialed Number Identification Service

(DNIS), 9, 19Digital Multiplexed Interface (DMI), 9, 19Direct Department Calling and Uniform Call

Distribution, 9, 19Direct Inward Dialing (DID), 9, 20Direct Outward Dialing (DOD), 9, 20Distinctive Ringing, 9Do Not Disturb, 9, 20DS1 Tie Trunk Service, 9, 20EIA Interface, 9, 20Emergency Access to Attendant, 9, 20Enhanced Trunk Signaling and Error

Recovery, 9Facility Busy Indication, 9Facility Restriction Levels and Traveling

Class Marks, 9, 20Facility Test Calls, 9Forced Entry of Account Codes, 9, 20Functional Scheduling Enhancements, 9Generalized Route Selection, 9, 20Go To Cover, 9Hold, 9Hot Line Service, 9Hunting, 9

180


Inbound Call Management (ICM), 21Individual Attendant Access, 9Information System Network (ISN)

Interface, 9, 21Integrated Directory, 9Integrated Services Digital Network, Basic Rate

Interface (ISDN-BRI), 9, 21Integrated Services Digital Network, Primary

Rate Interface (ISDN-PRI), 9, 21Intercept Treatment, 10, 21, 22Intercom, Automatic, 10Intercom, Dial, 10Inter-PBX Attendant Calls, 10, 22Intraflow and Interflow, 10, 22Last Number Dialed, 10Leave Word Calling, 10Line Lockout, 10Loudspeaker Paging Access, 10, 22Loudspeaker Paging Access, Deluxe, 10, 22Main/Satellite Extended Trunk Access, 10Malicious Call Trace, 10Manual Message Waiting, 10Manual Originating Line Service, 10Manual Signaling, 10Modem Pooling, 10, 23Move Agents From CMS, 10, 23M-to-N Digit Conversion, 10, 22Multi-Appearance Preselection and

Preference, 10Multiple Listed Directory Numbers, 10Multi-User System Management Access, 10Music-on-Hold Access, 10, 23Names Registration, 10, 23Network Access, Private, 10, 23Network Access, Public, 10, 23Night Service, Hunt Group, 10Night Service, Night Station Service, 10Night Service, Trunk Answer From Any

Station, 10, 23Night Service, Trunk Group, 10Off-Premises Station, 10, 23Outgoing Trunk-to-Outgoing Trunk

Transfer, 10PC/PBX Connection, 10Permanent Switched Calls, 10Personal Central Office Line (PCOL), 10, 23Personalized Ringing, 10Power Failure Transfer, 10, 24Priority Calling, 10Privacy, Attendant Lockout, 10

Privacy, Manual Exclusion, 10Property Management System

(PMS), 10, 24Queue Status Indication, 10, 24Recall Signaling, 10Recent Change History, 10Recorded Announcement, 11, 24Recorded Telephone Dictation

Access, 11, 25Remote Access, 11, 25Remote Administration, 11, 61Report Scheduler and System

Printer, 11, 25Requiring Additional Hardware and/or

Software, 12Restriction, Controlled, 11Restriction, Miscellaneous Terminal, 11Restriction, Miscellaneous Trunk, 11Restriction, Toll/Code, 11Restriction, Voice Terminal, 11Ringback Queuing, 11Ringer Cutoff, 25Rotary Dialing, 11Send All Calls, 11Senderized Operation, 11Service Observing, 11, 26Single-Digit Dialing and Mixed-Station

Numbering, 11Station Identification/Automatic Number

Identification, 11, 26Straightforward Outward Completion, 11Subnet Trunking, 11, 26System Measurements, 11System Reload Indication, 11System Status Report, 11Temporary Bridged Appearance, 11Ten Digit-to-Seven Digit Conversion, 11, 26Terminal Translation Initialization, 11Terminating Extension Group (TEG), 11Through Dialing, 11Time of Day Routing, 11, 26Timed Reminder, 11Touch-Tone Dialing, 11Transfer, 11Trunk Group Busy/Warning Indicators to

Attendant, 11Trunk Identification By Attendant, 11Uniform Call Distribution (UCD), 11Uniform Dial Plan (UDP), 11, 26Unrestricted 5-Digit Uniform Dial Plan, 11

181


Vector Directory Number (VDN)Reports, 11

Voice Message Retrieval, 11, 27Voice Terminal Display, 11, 27

Floor LoadingEquipment Room, 103

Floor Plans and LayoutsEquipment Room, 103

Floor SpaceEquipment Room, 104

Forced Entry of Account Codes, 9, 20Functional Scheduling Enhancements, 9

G

Generalized Route Selection, 9, 20Go To Cover, 9Grounding

Equipment Room, 128

H

Hardware and SoftwareDetermination, 45Requirements, 12

Heat Dissipation, 113Hold, 9Holdover

Power, 132Hot Line Service, 9House Wiring, 133How to Use This Document, 4Humidity

Equipment Room, 111Hunting, 9Hybrid Line Circuit Pack (TN762), 91

I

Inbound Call Management (ICM), 21Individual Attendant Access, 9

Information System Network (ISN)Interface, 9, 21

IntegratedDirectory, 9Pooled Modem Circuit Pack (TN758), 91

Integrated Services Digital Network-Basic Rate Interface (ISDN-BRI), 9, 21Primary Rate Interface (ISDN-PRI), 9, 21

Intercept Treatment, 10, 21, 22Intercom

Automatic, 10Dial, 10

Inter-PBX Attendant Calls, 10, 22Intraflow and Interflow, 10, 22ISDN-BRI Line

TN556, 77

L

Last Number Dialed, 10Leave Word Calling, 10Lighting

Equipment Room, 112Lightning Protection, 129Limits

Terminal Equipment, 50Line Lockout, 10Loudspeaker Paging Access, 10, 22

Deluxe, 10, 22

M

Main/Satellite Extended Trunk Access, 10Malicious Call Trace, 10Manual

Message Waiting, 10Originating Line Service, 10Signaling, 10

MET Line Circuit Pack (TN735), 92Modem Pooling, 10, 23Move Agents From CMS, 10, 23M-to-N Digit Conversion, 10, 22

182


Multi-Appearance Preselection andPreference, 10

Multiple Listed Directory Numbers, 10Multi-User System Management Access, 10Music-on-Hold Access, 10, 23

N

Names Registration, 10, 23Network Access

Facilities, 73Private, 10, 23Public, 10, 23

Night ServiceHunt Group, 10Night Station Service, 10Trunk Answer From Any Station, 10, 23Trunk Group, 10

Noise Levels, 113Noise Suppression

Equipment Room, 112

O

Off-Premises Station, 10, 23Ordering Information, 100Outgoing Trunk-to-Outgoing Trunk

Transfer, 10

P

Packet Data LineTN553, 76

Packet GatewayTN577, 78

PagingLoudspeaker, 22

ParametersSystem, 29

Partitioning, 14PC/PBX Connection, 10Personal Central Office Line (PCOL), 10, 23Personalized Ringing, 10

PowerFailure Transfer, 10, 24Holdover, 132Multi-Carrier Cabinet System, 115Single-Carrier Cabinet System, 118

Power Requirements-48 Volt DC, 123AC, 115DC, 122UPS, 132

Power SupplyUninterruptible, 130, 132

Power SystemStandby, Multi-Carrier Cabinet, 130

PPN With DuplicationUpgrade To, 136, 139, 147

PPN Without DuplicationUpgrade From System 75 XE, 138Upgrade To, 135, 143, 145

Printersand Display Terminals, 61System, 63

Priority Calling, 10Privacy

Attendant Lockout, 10Manual Exclusion, 10

Property Management System (PMS), 10, 24Protection

Lightning, 129Sneak Current, 129

Q

Queue Status Indication, 10, 24

R

Recall Signaling, 10Recent Change History, 10Recorded

Announcement, 11, 24Telephone Dictation Access, 11, 25

Reference Documents, 151

183


References, 151Remote

Access, 11, 25Administration, 11, 61

Report Scheduler, 25and System Printer, 11

RequirementsAir, 111, 112Desktop Space, 110Earthquake Protection, 104Electrical, 112Equipment Room, 103Floor Loading, 103Floor Space, 104Lighting, 112Noise Suppression, 112Temperature and Humidity, 111Wall Space, 110

ReserveBattery, 132

RestrictionControlled, 11Miscellaneous Terminal, 11Miscellaneous Trunk, 11Toll/Code, 11Voice Terminal, 11

Ringback Queuing, 11Ringer Cutoff, 25Rotary Dialing, 11

S

Send All Calls, 11Senderized Operation, 11Service Observing, 11, 26Single-Digit Dialing and Mixed-Station

Numbering, 11Sneak Current Protection, 129Software

and Hardware Determination, 45Feature Additions, 149Requirements, 12

Speech Synthesizer Circuit Pack (TN725), 92Standby Power System, 130

Station Identification/Automatic NumberIdentification, 11, 26

Straightforward Outward Completion, 11Subnet Trunking, 11, 26System

Data Terminals, 62Measurements, 11Parameters, 29Printers, 11, 25, 63Reload Indication, 11Status Report, 11Version Determination, 43

T

TemperatureEquipment Room, 111

Temporary Bridged Appearance, 11Ten Digit-to-Seven Digit Conversion, 11, 26Terminal

Equipment, 45Equipment Limits, 50

Terminal Translation Initialization, 11Terminals and Printers, 61Terminating Extension Group (TEG), 11Through Dialing, 11Tie Trunk Circuit Pack (TN760), 92Time of Day Routing, 11, 26Timed Reminder, 11Tone Clock Circuit Pack (TN741 or TN768), 93Tone Clock Circuit Pack (TN780), 93Tone Detector Circuit Pack (TN748), 93Touch-Tone Dialing, 11Traffic Considerations, 72Transfer, 11Trunk Group Busy/Warning Indicators to

Attendant, 11Trunk Identification By Attendant, 11

184


U

Uniform Call Distribution (UCD), 11Uniform Dial Plan (UDP), 11, 26Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS), 130, 132Unrestricted 5-Digit Uniform Dial Plan, 11Upgrades

Attendant Console Replacement, 141General, 135To EPN, 137To EPN With Duplication, 144, 146To EPN Without Duplication, 143To PPN With Duplication, 136, 139, 147To PPN Without Duplication, 135, 138,

143, 145Users and Required Equipment, 46

V

Vector Directory Number (VDN) Reports, 11Version Determination

System, 43Voice Message Retrieval, 11, 27

Voice TerminalAdditions, 149Compatibility, 49Display, 11Quantities, 47

Voice Terminal Display, 27Voice/Data Terminal

Equipment Assignments, 45Quantities, 47Totals, 45

W

Wall Space RequirementsEquipment Room, 110

WiringHouse, 133

185

DEFINITY Communications System Generic 3 Planning and ...

Documents

Transcript of DEFINITY Communications System Generic 3 Planning and ...